AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE

B
SECTION
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AT

E
CONTENTS
INDEX FOR DTC ........................................................ 5 Cruise Test - Part 3 ................................................. 52 F
Alphabetical Index .................................................... 5 Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs ....... 54
DTC No. Index ......................................................... 6 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases... 55
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 7 Symptom Chart ....................................................... 56 G
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ........... 81
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- CONSULT-II Function (A/T) .................................... 82
SIONER” .................................................................. 7 Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II ........... 94
H
Precautions .............................................................. 7 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 96
PREPARATION ........................................................... 8 Description .............................................................. 96
Special Service Tools ............................................... 8 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 96
Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 9 Possible Cause ....................................................... 96 I
A/T FLUID ................................................................. 10 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 96
Changing A/T Fluid ................................................ 10 Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN ................................ 97
Checking A/T Fluid ..................................................11 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................. 98 J
A/T CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................... 13 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................... 99
Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)... 13 Description .............................................................. 99
Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)... 14 CONSULT-II Reference Value ................................ 99
K
Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)... 15 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99
Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)... 16 Possible Cause ....................................................... 99
Shift Mechanism ..................................................... 17 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 99
TCM Function ......................................................... 28 Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG .......................... 100 L
CAN Communication .............................................. 29 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 101
Input/Output Signal of TCM .................................... 29 DTC P0700 TCM ..................................................... 103
Line Pressure Control ............................................ 30 Description ............................................................ 103 M
Shift Control ........................................................... 31 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 103
Lock-up Control ...................................................... 32 Possible Cause ..................................................... 103
Engine Brake Control ............................................. 33 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 103
Control Valve .......................................................... 34 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 35 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. 104
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 35 Description ............................................................ 104
Fail-safe ................................................................. 35 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 104
How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 104
Accurate Repair ..................................................... 37 Possible Cause ..................................................... 104
A/T Electrical Parts Location .................................. 42 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 104
Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 43 Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 105
Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis .................... 44 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 106
Check Before Engine Is Started ............................. 48 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REV-
Check at Idle .......................................................... 48 OLUTION SENSOR) ............................................... 108
Cruise Test - Part 1 ................................................ 49 Description ............................................................ 108
Cruise Test - Part 2 ................................................ 51 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 108

AT-1
 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 108 Description ............................................................ 131
Possible Cause ..................................................... 108 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 131
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 108 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 131
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ......................... 110 Possible Cause ..................................................... 131
Diagnostic Procedure ............................................111 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 131
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ................... 113 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 132
Description ............................................................ 113 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK ................................. 133
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 113 Description ............................................................ 133
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 113 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 133
Possible Cause ..................................................... 113 Possible Cause ..................................................... 133
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 113 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 133
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 114 Judgement of A/T Interlock ................................... 134
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 134
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 115 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING ............... 136
Description ............................................................ 115 Description ............................................................ 136
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 115 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 136
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 115 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 136
Possible Cause ..................................................... 115 Possible Cause ..................................................... 136
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 115 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 136
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 116 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 137
DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 117 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE . 138
Description ............................................................ 117 Description ............................................................ 138
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 117 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 138
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 117 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 138
Possible Cause ..................................................... 117 Possible Cause ..................................................... 138
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 117 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 138
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 118 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 139
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. 119 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
Description ............................................................ 119 FUNCTION .............................................................. 140
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 119 Description ............................................................ 140
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 119 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 140
Possible Cause ..................................................... 119 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 140
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 119 Possible Cause ..................................................... 140
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 120 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 140
DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ....... 121 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 141
Description ............................................................ 121 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE ... 143
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 121 Description ............................................................ 143
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 121 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 143
Possible Cause ..................................................... 121 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 143
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 121 Possible Cause ..................................................... 143
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 122 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 143
DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 144
CIRCUIT .................................................................. 124 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE
Description ............................................................ 124 FUNCTION .............................................................. 145
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 124 Description ............................................................ 145
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 124 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 145
Possible Cause ..................................................... 124 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 145
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 124 Possible Cause ..................................................... 145
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ............................... 125 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 145
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 126 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 146
Component Inspection .......................................... 128 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE.148
DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR .... 129 Description ............................................................ 148
Description ............................................................ 129 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 148
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 129 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 148
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 129 Possible Cause ..................................................... 148
Possible Cause ..................................................... 129 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 148
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 129 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 149
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 130 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR ....... 131 FUNCTION .............................................................. 150

AT-2
 Description ........................................................... 150 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 ............... 168
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 150 Description ............................................................ 168 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 150 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 168
Possible Cause .................................................... 150 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 168
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 150 Possible Cause ..................................................... 168 B
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 151 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 168
DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 169
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 153 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT. 170
Description ........................................................... 153 Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ............................ 170 AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 153 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 171
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 153 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN
Possible Cause .................................................... 153 THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT ............................ 174 D
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 153 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 174
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 154 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 174
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ...................................... 175 E
SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION ............................. 155 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 175
Description ........................................................... 155 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 175
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 155 1ST POSITION SWITCH ......................................... 176
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 155 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 176 F
Possible Cause .................................................... 155 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 176
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 155 OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH ......................... 178
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 156 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 178 G
DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 178
VALVE ..................................................................... 158 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 180
Description ........................................................... 158 Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ...................... 180 H
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 158 OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ....... 183
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 158 Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” or “N” Position . 183
Possible Cause .................................................... 158 In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ...... 184
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 158 In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves .............................. 185
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 159 Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) ......................... 186
DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position. 188
VALVE FUNCTION ................................................. 160 Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position . 190 J
Description ........................................................... 160 Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1 ...................... 192
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 160 A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 ................................ 194
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 160 A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ................................ 196 K
Possible Cause .................................................... 160 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ................................ 198
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 160 A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 ................................ 200
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 161 A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ............................ 202 L
DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 ............... 162 A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition .................. 203
Description ........................................................... 162 Lock-up Is Not Released ...................................... 205
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 162 Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle ................ 205
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 162 A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear ............ 206 M
Possible Cause .................................................... 162 A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear ............ 208
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 162 A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear ........... 209
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 163 A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear ........... 210
DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 ............... 164 Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake .... 212
Description ........................................................... 164 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM .................................... 214
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 164 Control Device Removal and Installation .............. 214
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 164 Control Cable Removal and Installation ............... 216
Possible Cause .................................................... 164 Adjustment of A/T Position ................................... 217
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 164 Checking of A/T Position ...................................... 217
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 165 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .................................... 218
DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 ............... 166 Description ............................................................ 218
Description ........................................................... 166 Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ......... 218
CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 166 Wiring Diagram — A/T — SHIFT .......................... 219
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 166 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 220
Possible Cause .................................................... 166 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ...................................... 222
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 166 Removal and Installation ...................................... 222
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 167 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .......................................... 224

AT-3
 Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-way Clutch .................... 304
Sensor 2 ............................................................... 224 Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ..... 306
Parking Components (2WD Models Only) ............ 236 Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low
Rear Oil Seal ........................................................ 243 Reverse Clutch Hub .............................................. 312
Revolution Sensor Components (2WD Models High and Low Reverse Clutch .............................. 318
Only) ..................................................................... 244 Direct Clutch ......................................................... 320
AIR BREATHER HOSE ........................................... 249 ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 323
Removal and Installation ...................................... 249 Assembly (1) ......................................................... 323
A/T FLUID COOLER ............................................... 251 Adjustment ............................................................ 338
Removal and Installation ...................................... 251 Assembly (2) ......................................................... 340
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY ................................ 254 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 347
Removal and Installation (YD25DDTi Models) ..... 254 General Specifications .......................................... 347
Removal and Installation (VQ40DE Models) ........ 258 Stall Speed ............................................................ 347
OVERHAUL ............................................................. 262 Line Pressure ........................................................ 347
Components ......................................................... 262 Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs ...... 348
Oil Channel ........................................................... 276 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases.349
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 349
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .......................... 278 Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) ... 350
DISASSEMBLY ....................................................... 282 Turbine Revolution Sensor .................................... 350
Disassembly ......................................................... 282 Reverse Brake ...................................................... 350
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ...................... 301 Total End Play ....................................................... 350
Oil Pump ............................................................... 301

AT-4
 INDEX FOR DTC

INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024

A
Alphabetical Index GCS00014

NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis B
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-96 .
Items
DTC Reference page
(CONSULT- II screen terms) AT
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING P1731 AT-136
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC P1841 AT-162
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC P1843 AT-164 D
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC P1845 AT-166
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC P1846 AT-168
E
A/T INTERLOCK P1730 AT-133
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 AT-117
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P1710 AT-124 F
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 AT-96
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 AT-148
G
D/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1764 AT-150
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-113
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 AT-143 H
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT P1759 AT-145
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 AT-153
I
HLR/C SOL FNCTN P1769 AT-155
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 AT-138
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1754 AT-140 J
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 AT-119
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 AT-158
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 AT-160 K
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 AT-104
STARTER RELAY/CIRC P0615 AT-99
L
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 AT-115
TCM P0700 AT-103
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 AT-121 M
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P1716 AT-129
VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR P1721 AT-131
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 AT-108

AT-5
 INDEX FOR DTC

DTC No. Index GCS00015

NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-96 .
Items
DTC Reference page
(CONSULT- II screen terms)
P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC AT-99
P0700 TCM AT-103
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-104
P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-108
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-113
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-115
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-117
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-119
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-121
P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-124
P1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-129
P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR AT-131
P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-133
P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING AT-136
P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-138
P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-140
P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-143
P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-145
P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-148
P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-150
P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-153
P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN AT-155
P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-158
P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-160
P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC AT-162
P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC AT-164
P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC AT-166
P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC AT-168
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT AT-96

AT-6
 PRECAUTIONS

PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” GCS00016

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along B
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual. AT
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors. F
Precautions GCS00017

● Before connecting or disconnecting the A/T assembly har- G

ness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect
the battery cable from the negative terminal. Because bat-
tery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF. H
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
“DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed I
in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”.
● Always use the specified brand of ATF. Refer to MA-13, "REC-
OMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" . SEF289H J
● Use lint-free paper not cloth rags during work.
● After replacing ATF, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc.
● Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transmission. It is important to K
prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
● Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
● Use lint-free paper or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could inter- L
fere with the operation of the transmission.
● Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
● All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or M
reassembly.
● Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transmission is disassembled.
● It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
● The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced.
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
● Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
● Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
● Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
● After overhaul, refill the transmission with new ATF.
● When the drain plug is removed, only some of the ATF is drained. Old ATF will remain in torque converter
and A/T fluid cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under “Changing A/T Fluid” in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer
to AT-10, "Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

AT-7
 PREPARATION

PREPARATION PFP:00002

Special Service Tools GCS00019

Tool number
Description
Tool name

ST2505S001 Measuring line pressure

Oil pressure gauge set
1. ST25051001
Oil pressure gauge
2. ST25052000
Hose
3. ST25053000
Joint pipe
4. ST25054000
Adapter SCIA3695J

5. ST25055000
Adapter
KV31103600 Measuring line pressure
Joint pipe adapter
(With ST25054000)

ZZA1227D

ST33400001 ● Installing rear oil seal (2WD models)

Drift ● Installing oil pump housing oil seal
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.

NT086

KV31102400 Installing reverse brake return spring retainer

Clutch spring compressor
a: 320 mm (12.60 in)
b: 174 mm (6.85 in)

NT423

ST25850000 Remove oil pump assembly

Sliding hammer
a: 179 mm (7.05 in)
b: 70 mm (2.76 in)
c: 40 mm (1.57 in)
d: M12X1.75P

NT422

AT-8
 PREPARATION

Commercial Service Tools GCS0001A

A
Tool name Description

Drift Installing manual shaft oil seals

a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia. B

AT

NT083

Drift Installing rear oil seal (4WD models) D

a: 64 mm (2.52 in) dia.

SCIA5338E
F

AT-9
 A/T FLUID

A/T FLUID PFP:KLE40

Changing A/T Fluid GCS0001B

1. Warm up ATF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Loosen level gauge bolt.
4. Remove A/T fluid level gauge.
5. Remove drain plug and drain ATF from drain hole.
6. Install drain plug gasket and drain plug to oil pan.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
7. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-224,
"COMPONENTS" .
8. Refill with new ATF. Always refill same volume with drained ATF.
● To replace the ATF, pour in new ATF at A/T fluid charging pipe
SCIA4896E

with the engine idling and at the same time drain the old ATF
from A/T fluid cooler hose return side.
● When the color of the ATF coming out is about the same as the color of the new ATF, the replacement
is complete. The amount of new ATF to use should be 30 to 50% increase of the specified amount.
ATF: Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J
Fluid capacity: 10.3 (9-1/8 lmp qt)
CAUTION:
● Use only Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J. Do not mix with other ATF.

● Using ATF other than Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J will cause deterioration in driveability
and A/T durability, and may damage the A/T, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
warranty.
● When filling ATF, take care not to spillover heat generating parts such as exhaust.

9. Run engine at idle speed for 5 minutes.

10. Check A/T fluid level and condition. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" . If ATF is still dirty, repeat step 2
through 9.
11. Install the removed A/T fluid level gauge into A/T fluid charging pipe.
12. Tighten level gauge bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-254, "COMPONENTS" (for YD25DDTi
engine) or AT-258, "COMPONENTS" (for VQ40DE engine).

AT-10
 A/T FLUID

Checking A/T Fluid GCS0001C

A
1. Warm up engine.
2. Check for A/T fluid leakage.
3. Loosen level gauge bolt.
B
4. Before driving, A/T fluid level can be checked at A/T fluid tem-
peratures of 30 to 50°C (86 to 122°F) using “COLD” range on A/
T fluid level gauge as follows.
AT
a. Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake.
b. Start engine and move selector lever through each gear posi-
tion. Leave selector lever in “P” position.
D
c. Check A/T fluid level with engine idling.
d. Remove A/T fluid level gauge and wipe clean with lint-free
paper.
E
CAUTION:
When wiping away A/T fluid level gauge, always use lint-
free paper, not a cloth one.
F
e. Reinsert A/T fluid level gauge into A/T fluid charging pipe as far
as it will go.
CAUTION:
To check A/T fluid level, insert A/T fluid level gauge until the G
cap contacts the end of A/T fluid charging pipe, with A/T
fluid level gauge reversed from the normal attachment con-
ditions. H
f. Remove A/T fluid level gauge and note reading. If reading is at
low side of range, add ATF to A/T fluid charging pipe.
SCIA7205E
CAUTION: I
Do not overfill.
5. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas.
6. Make the A/T fluid temperature approximately 65°C (149°F). J
NOTE:
A/T fluid level will be greatly affected by temperature as shown in figure. Therefore, be certain to
perform operation while checking data with CONSULT-II. K

SLIA0016E

a. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector. Refer to AT-84, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
b. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
c. Read the value of “ATF TEMP 1”.

AT-11
 A/T FLUID

7. Recheck A/T fluid level at A/T fluid temperatures of approximately 65°C (149°F) using “HOT” range on A/
T fluid level gauge.
CAUTION:
● When wiping away A/T fluid level gauge, always use lint-free paper, not a cloth one.

● To check A/T fluid level, insert A/T fluid level gauge until
the cap contacts the end of A/T fluid charging pipe, with
A/T fluid level gauge reversed from the normal attach-
ment conditions as shown.
8. Check A/T fluid condition.
● If ATF is very dark or smells burned, check operation of A/T.
Flush cooling system after repair of A/T.
● If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.),
replace radiator and flush cooler line using cleaning solvent
and compressed air after repair of A/T. Refer to CO-40,
"RADIATOR" (for YD25DDTi engine) or CO-13, "RADIATOR" SCIA2899E

(for VQ40DE engine).

9. Install the removed A/T fluid level gauge into A/T fluid charging
pipe.
10. Tighten level gauge bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-254,
"COMPONENTS" (for YD25DDTi engine) or AT-258, "COMPO-
NENTS" (for VQ40DE engine).

SCIA4896E

AT-12
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

A/T CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:31036

A
Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD) GCS0001D

AT

SCIA7318E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear J

4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump K
13. 3rd one-way clutch 14. Front brake 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Rear extension 20. Output shaft L

AT-13
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD) GCS0009P

SCIA6946E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear

4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. 3rd one-way clutch 14. Front brake 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Rear extension 20. Output shaft

AT-14
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD) GCS0001E

AT

I
SCIA5268E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear

4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
J
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. Front brake 14. 3rd one-way clutch 15. Input clutch
K
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Adapter case 20. Output shaft

AT-15
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD) GCS0009Q

SCIA6947E

1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear

4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake
7. Drum support 8. Forward brake 9. Low coast brake
10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump
13. 3rd one-way clutch 14. Front brake 15. Input clutch
16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve with TCM 18. Forward one-way clutch
19. Adapter case 20. Output shaft

AT-16
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Shift Mechanism GCS0001F

A
The A/T uses compact triple planetary gear systems to improve power transmission efficiency, simplify con-
struction and reduce weight.
It also employs an optimum shift control and super wide gear ratios. They improve starting performance and
acceleration during medium and high-speed operation. B
CONSTRUCTION
AT

H
PCIA0002J

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
I
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
J
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
K
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE

Name of the Part Abbreviation Function L
Front brake (1) FR/B Fastens the front sun gear (11).
Connects the input shaft (12), the front internal gear (14) and the mid internal gear
Input clutch (2) I/C
(13).
M
Direct clutch (3) D/C Connects the rear carrier (15) and the rear sun gear (16).
High and low reverse clutch (4) HLR/C Connects the mid sun gear (17) and the rear sun gear (16).
Reverse brake (5) R/B Fastens the rear carrier (15).
Forward brake (6) Fwd/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
Low coast brake (7) LC/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17).
Allows the rear sun gear (16) to turn freely forward relative to the mid sun gear (17)
1st one-way clutch (8) 1st OWC
but fastens it for reverse rotation.
Allows the mid sun gear (17) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it for
Forward one-way clutch (9) Fwd OWC
reverse rotation.
Allows the front sun gear (11) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it for
3rd one-way clutch (10) 3rd OWC
reverse rotation.

AT-17
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

CLUTCH AND BAND CHART

1st Fwd 3rd
Shift position I/C HLR/C D/C R/B FR/B LC/B Fwd/B Remarks
OWC OWC OWC

P PARK POSITION

REVERSE POSI-
R
TION
NEUTRAL POSI-
N
TION

1st

2nd
Automatic shift
D*1 3rd
1⇔2⇔3⇔4⇔5
4th

5th

1st

2nd Automatic shift

3
3rd 1⇔2⇔3⇐4

4th

1st

2nd Automatic shift

2
3rd 1⇔2⇐3⇐4

4th

1st
Locks (held sta-
2nd tionary in 1st
1
3rd gear)
1⇐2⇐3⇐4
4th

● —Operates

● —Operates during “progressive” acceleration.

● —Operates and effects power transmission while coasting.
● —Line pressure is applied but does not affect power transmission.

● —Operates under conditions shown in HLR/C Operating Condition

● —Operates under conditions shown in LC/B Operating Condition. Delay control is applied during “D” (4,3,2,1) Þ“N” shift.
● *1: A/T will not shift to 5th when OD OFF. (OD OFF indicator lamp is on.)

SCIA5642E

AT-18
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

POWER TRANSMISSION
“N” Position A
Since both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, torque from the input shaft drive is not trans-
mitted to the output shaft.
B
“P” Position
● The same as for the “N” position, both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, so torque
from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft.
AT
● The parking pawl linked with the select lever meshes with the parking gear and fastens the output shaft
mechanically.
D

PCIA0003J

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

J
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
K
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft L
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

AT-19
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D”, “3” and “2” Positions 1st Gear

● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● The 1st one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the rear sun gear.
● The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear.
● During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and the engine
brake is not activated.

SCIA1512E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

AT-20
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“1” Position 1st Gear

● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. A
● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● High and low reverse clutch connects the rear sun gear and the mid sun gear.
B
● The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
● During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine
brake functions.
AT

K
SCIA1513E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake L
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier M
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

AT-21
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D” and “3” Positions 2nd Gear

● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear.
● The direct clutch is coupled and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
● During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and engine
brake is not activated.

SCIA1514E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

AT-22
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“2” and “1” Positions 2nd Gear

● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. A
● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear.
● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
B
● The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear.
● During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine
brake functions.
AT

K
SCIA1515E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake L
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier M
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

AT-23
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D” and “3” Positions 3rd Gear

● The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected.
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.

SCIA1516E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

AT-24
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D” Position 4th Gear

● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected. A
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
● The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected.
B
● The drive power is conveyed to the front internal gear, mid internal gear, and rear carrier and the three
planetary gears rotate forward as one unit.

AT

SCIA1517E
K
1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch
4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch L
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier M
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

AT-25
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“D” Position 5th Gear

● The front brake fastens the front sun gear.
● The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected.
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.

SCIA1518E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl

AT-26
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

“R” position
● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. A
● The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected.
● The reverse brake fastens the rear carrier.
B

AT

J
SCIA1519E

1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch

4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake K
7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch
10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft
13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier L
16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier
19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft
22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl M

AT-27
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

TCM Function GCS0001G

The function of the TCM is to:

● Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
● Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
● Send required output signals to the respective solenoids.
CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE
The A/T senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always controls the opti-
mum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SENSORS (or SIGNALS) TCM ACTUATORS
PNP switch
Accelerator pedal position signal Input clutch solenoid valve
Shift control
Closed throttle position signal Direct clutch solenoid valve
Line pressure control
Wide open throttle position signal Front brake solenoid valve
Lock-up control
Engine speed signal High and low reverse clutch solenoid
Engine brake control
A/T fluid temperature sensor Þ Þ valve
Timing control
Revolution sensor Low coast brake solenoid valve
Fail-safe control
Vehicle speed signal Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
Self-diagnosis
1st position switch signal Line pressure solenoid valve
CONSULT-II communication line
Overdrive control switch signal OD OFF indicator lamp
Duet-EA control
Stop lamp switch signal Starter relay
CAN system
Turbine revolution sensor Back-up lamp relay
ATF pressure switch

CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM

SCIA7404E

AT-28
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

CAN Communication GCS0001H

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other B
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. For details, refer to LAN-26,
AT
"CAN Communication Unit" .
Input/Output Signal of TCM GCS0001I

Line Vehicle Engine Fail-safe Self-diag-

D
Shift Lock-up
Control item pressure speed brake function nostics
control control
control control control (*3) function

Accelerator pedal position signal (*5) X X X X X X X E

Vehicle speed sensor A/T
X X X X X X X
(revolution sensor)
F
Vehicle speed sensor MTR(*1) (*5) X

Closed throttle position signal(*5) X (*2) X X X X (*4)

Wide open throttle position signal(*5) X X (*4) G

Turbine revolution sensor 1 X X X X X
Input
Turbine revolution sensor 2
X X X X X H
(for 4th speed only)

Engine speed signals(*5) X X X X X X X

Stop lamp switch signal(*5) X X X X (*4) I

A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2 X X X X X X

Operation signal(*5) X X X
ASCD J
Overdrive cancel signal(*5) X
Direct clutch solenoid
X X X X
(ATF pressure switch 5) K
Input clutch solenoid
X X X X
(ATF pressure switch 3)
High and low reverse clutch solenoid L
X X X X
(ATF pressure switch 6)
Front brake solenoid
Output X X X X
(ATF pressure switch 1) M
Low coast brake solenoid
X X X X X
(ATF pressure switch 2)
Line pressure solenoid X X X X X X X
TCC solenoid X X X

Self-diagnosis table(*6) X
Starter relay X X
*1: Spare for vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor)
*2: Spare for accelerator pedal position signal
*3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function.
*4: Used as a condition for starting self-diagnosis; if self-diagnosis are not started, it is judged that there is some kind of error.
*5: Input by CAN communications.
*6: Output by CAN communications.

AT-29
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Line Pressure Control GCS0001J

● When an input torque signal equivalent to the engine drive force is sent from the ECM to the TCM, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid.
● This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the
pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the
driving state.

PCIA0007E

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL IS BASED ON THE TCM LINE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTIC

PATTERN
● The TCM has stored in memory a number of patterns for the optimum line pressure characteristic for the
driving state.
● In order to obtain the most appropriate line pressure characteristic to meet the current driving state, the
TCM controls the line pressure solenoid current value and thus controls the line pressure.
Normal Control
Each clutch is adjusted to the necessary pressure to match the
engine drive force.

PCIA0008E

Back-up Control (Engine Brake)

When the select operation is performed during driving and the A/T is
shifted down, the line pressure is set according to the vehicle speed.

PCIA0009E

AT-30
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

During Shift Change

The necessary and adequate line pressure for shift change is set. A
For this reason, line pressure pattern setting corresponds to input
torque and gearshift selection. Also, line pressure characteristic is
set according to engine speed, during engine brake operation. B

AT

PCIA0010E

At Low Fluid Temperature H

When the A/T fluid temperature drops below the prescribed tempera-
ture, in order to speed up the action of each friction element, the line
pressure is set higher than the normal line pressure characteristic. I

K
PCIA0011E

Shift Control GCS0001K

L
The clutch pressure control solenoid is controlled by the signals from the switches and sensors. Thus, the
clutch pressure is adjusted to be appropriate to the engine load state and vehicle driving state. It becomes
possible to finely control the clutch hydraulic pressure with high precision and a smoother shift change charac- M
teristic is attained.

PCIA0012E

AT-31
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

SHIFT CHANGE
The clutch is controlled with the optimum timing and oil pressure by the engine speed, engine torque informa-
tion, etc.
Shift Change System Diagram

PCIA0013E

*1: Full phase real-time feedback control monitors movement of gear ratio at gear change, and controls oil
pressure at real-time to achieve the best gear ratio.
Lock-up Control GCS0001L

The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency.
The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid valve,
which is controlled by a signal from TCM, and the torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases
the torque converter clutch piston.
Lock-up Operation Condition Table
selector lever “D” position “3” position “2” position
Gear position 5 4 3 2
Lock-up × – – –

TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE CONTROL

Lock-up Control System Diagram

PCIA0014E

Lock-up Released
In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the
torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled.

AT-32
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Lock-up Applied
In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the torque A
converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated.
In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled.
SMOOTH LOCK-UP CONTROL B
When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the torque con-
verter clutch solenoid is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the
torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock. AT

Half-clutched State
The current output from the TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid is varied to gradually increase the D
torque converter clutch solenoid pressure.
In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put into
half-clutched status, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the coupling is
completed smoothly. E

Engine Brake Control GCS0001M

● The forward one-way clutch transmits the drive force from the engine to the rear wheels. But the reverse F
drive from the rear wheels is not transmitted to the engine because the one-way clutch is idling.
Therefore, the low coast brake solenoid is operated to prevent the forward one-way clutch from idling and
the engine brake is operated in the same manner as conventionally.
G

SCIA1520E

● The operation of the low coast brake solenoid switches the low coast brake switching valve and controls M
the coupling and releasing of the low coast brake.
The low coast brake reducing valve controls the low coast brake coupling force.

AT-33
 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM

Control Valve GCS0001N

FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE

Name Function
In order to prevent the pressure supplied to the torque converter from being excessive, the
Torque converter regulator valve
line pressure is adjusted to the optimum pressure (torque converter operating pressure).
Pressure regulator valve
Adjusts the oil discharged from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) for
Pressure regulator plug
the driving state.
Pressure regulator sleeve
When the front brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (front
Front brake control valve brake pressure) and supplies it to the front brake. (In 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 5th gears, adjusts
the clutch pressure.)
Adjusts the pressure (accumulator control pressure) acting on the accumulator piston and
Accumulator control valve
low coast reducing valve to the pressure appropriate to the driving state.
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required for
Pilot valve A
line pressure control, shift change control, and lock-up control.
Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required for
Pilot valve B
shift change control.
Low coast brake switching valve During engine braking, supplies the line pressure to the low coast brake reducing valve.
When the low coast brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Low coast brake reducing valve
(low coast brake pressure) and supplies it to the low coast brake.
N-R accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-R is selected.
Direct clutch piston switching valve Operates in 4th gear and switches the direct clutch coupling capacity.
When the high and low reverse clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum
High and low reverse clutch control valve pressure (high and low reverse clutch pressure) and supplies it to the high and low reverse
clutch. (In 1st, 3rd, 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.)
When the input clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (input
Input clutch control valve clutch pressure) and supplies it to the input clutch. (In 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch
pressure.)
When the direct clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure
Direct clutch control valve (direct clutch pressure) and supplies it to the direct clutch. (In 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears,
adjusts the clutch pressure.)
TCC control valve
Switches the lock-up to operating or released. Also, by performing the lock-up operation
TCC control plug
transiently, lock-up smoothly.
TCC control sleeve
Operates during lock-up to switch the torque converter, cooling, and lubrication system oil
Torque converter lubrication valve
path.
Cool bypass valve Allows excess oil to bypass cooler circuit without being fed into it.
Line pressure relief valve Discharges excess oil from line pressure circuit.
N-D accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-D is selected.
Sends line pressure to each circuit according to the select position. The circuits to which
Manual valve
the line pressure is not sent drain.

FUNCTION OF PRESSURE SWITCH

Name Function
Detects any malfunction in the front brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction,
ATF pressure switch 1 (FR/B)
it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the low coast brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any mal-
ATF pressure switch 2 (LC/B)
function, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the input clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction,
ATF pressure switch 3 (I/C)
it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the direct clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunc-
ATF pressure switch 5 (D/C)
tion, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.
Detects any malfunction in the high and low reverse clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects
ATF pressure switch 6 (HLR/C)
any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode.

AT-34
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004

A
DTC Inspection Priority Chart GCS0001O

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. B
NOTE:
If DTC “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for “DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE”. Refer to AT-96 . AT
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 U1000 CAN communication line
2 Except above D

Fail-safe GCS0001P

The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is an error in a E
main electronic control input/output signal circuit. In fail-safe mode A/T is fixed in 2nd, 4th or 5th (depending
on the breakdown position), so the customer should feel “slipping” or “poor acceleration”.
Even when the electronic circuits are normal, under special conditions (for example, when slamming on the F
brake with the wheels spinning drastically and stopping the tire rotation), the transmission can go into fail-safe
mode. If this happens, switch OFF the ignition switch for 10 seconds, then switch it ON again to return to the
normal shift pattern. Therefore, the customer's vehicle has returned to normal, so handle according to AT-38,
"WORK FLOW" . G

FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the A/T to mark driving possible. H
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Signals are input from two systems - from vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) installed on the A/T
and from combination meter so normal driving is possible even if there is a malfunction in one of the systems. I
And if vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) has unusual cases, 5th gear is prohibited.
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM according J
to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow systems,
the engine speed is fixed by ECM to a pre-determined engine speed to make driving possible.
K
Throttle Position Sensor (VQ40DE Model Only)
If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM according
to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow systems,
the accelerator opening angle is controlled by the idle signal sent from the ECM which is based on input indi- L
cating either idle condition or off-idle condition (pre-determined accelerator opening) in order to make driving
possible.
M
PNP Switch
In the unlikely event that a malfunction signal enters the TCM, the position indicator is switched OFF, the
starter relay is switched OFF (starter starting is disabled), the back-up lamp relay switched OFF (back-up lamp
is OFF) and the position is fixed to the “D” position to make driving possible.
Starter Relay
The starter relay is switched OFF. (Starter starting is disabled.)

AT-35
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

A/T Interlock
● If there is an A/T interlock judgment malfunction, the A/T is fixed in 2nd gear to make driving possible.
NOTE:
When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed,
but this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction.
● When the coupling pattern below is detected, the fail-safe action corresponding to the pattern is per-
formed.
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
●: NG X: OK
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe func-
ATF pressure switch output
Fail-safe tion
Gear position
SW3 SW6 SW5 SW1 SW2 function
I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U
(I/C) (HLR/C) (D/C) (FR/B) (LC/B)
Held in
3rd – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
A/T interlock
Held in
coupling pat- 4th – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
tern
Held in
5th X X – X ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear

A/T 1st Engine Braking

When there is an A/T first gear engine brake judgment malfunction, the low coast brake solenoid is switched
OFF to avoid the engine brake operation.
Line Pressure Solenoid
The solenoid is switched OFF and the line pressure is set to the maximum hydraulic pressure to make driving
possible.
Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
The solenoid is switched OFF to release the lock-up.
Low Coast Brake Solenoid
When a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs, in order to make driving possible. If the solenoid is ON,
the A/T is held in 2nd gear. If the solenoid is OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear. (Engine brake is not applied in
1st and 2nd gear.)
Input Clutch Solenoid
If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear
to make driving possible.
Direct Clutch Solenoid
If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear
to make driving possible.
Front Brake Solenoid
If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid ON, in order to make driving possible, the A/
T is held in 5th gear. If the solenoid is OFF, the A/T 4th gear.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Solenoid
If a malfunction (electrical or functional) occurs with the solenoid either ON or OFF, the A/T is held in 4th gear
to make driving possible.
Turbine Revolution Sensor 1 or 2
The control is the same as if there were no turbine revolution sensors, 5th gear is prohibited.

AT-36
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair GCS0001Q

INTRODUCTION A
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, accelera-
tor pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor) or PNP switch and
provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves. B
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good oper-
ating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunc-
AT
tion, etc.

D
SAT631IB

It is much more difficult to diagnose a error that occurs intermittently E

rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused by poor
electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful check-
ing of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good F
parts.
A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test
with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be performed.
G
Follow the AT-38, "WORK FLOW" .

H
SAT632I

Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a

customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- I
tomer can supply good information about such errors, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET” as J
shown on the example (Refer to AT-39 ) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” errors first. This will
help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled
K
engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins.
SEF234G
L

AT-37
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

WORK FLOW
A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symp-
toms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Make good use of the two sheets provided, AT-39, "Information from Customer" and AT-39, "Diagnostic Work-
sheet Chart" , to perform the best troubleshooting possible.
Work Flow Chart

SCIA6687E

*1. AT-39 *2. AT-39 *3. AT-35

*4. AT-44 *5. AT-44 *6. AT-45
*7. AT-47 *8. AT-85 *9. AT-96
*10. AT-168 *11. AT-180 *12. AT-212
*13. AT-56 *14. AT-87 *15. AT-95
*16. AT-96 *17. AT-168 *18. AT-94

AT-38
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information from Customer A
KEY POINTS
● WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model
B
● WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
● WHERE..... Road conditions
● HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms AT
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Trans. Model Engine Mileage
D
Malfunction Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
Frequency ❏ Continuous ❏ Intermittent (times a day)
Symptoms ❏ Vehicle does not move. (❏ Any position ❏ Particular position) E
❏ No up-shift (❏ 1st → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 4th ❏ 4th → 5th)
❏ No down-shift (❏ 5th → 4th ❏ 4th → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 1st)
❏ Lock-up malfunction F
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip (❏ N → D ❏ Lock-up ❏ Any drive position)
G
❏ Noise or vibration
❏ No kick down
❏ No pattern select H
❏ Others
( )
OD OFF indicator lamp ❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit I

Diagnostic Worksheet Chart

1 ❏ Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint. AT-35 J
❏ A/T fluid inspection AT-44

2 ❏ Leak (Repair leak location.)

❏ State K
❏ Amount
❏ Stall test and line pressure test AT-44
❏ Stall test
AT-45 L

❏ Torque converter one-way clutch ❏ 1st one-way clutch

❏ Front brake ❏ 3rd one-way clutch
3 ❏ High and low reverse clutch ❏ Engine M
❏ Low coast brake ❏ Line pressure low
❏ Forward brake ❏ Except for input clutch and direct
❏ Reverse brake clutch, clutches and brakes OK
❏ Forward one-way clutch
❏ Line pressure inspection - Suspected part:

AT-39
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

❏ Perform all road tests and enter checks in required inspection items. AT-47
Check Before Engine Is Started AT-48
❏ AT-183, "OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On"
❏ Perform self-diagnosis. Enter checks for detected items. AT-85 , AT-94
❏ AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE"
❏ AT-99, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT"
❏ AT-103, "DTC P0700 TCM"
❏ AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH"
❏ AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)"
❏ AT-113, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL"
❏ AT-115, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-117, "DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)"
❏ AT-119, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-121, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR"
❏ AT-124, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT"
❏ AT-129, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR"
❏ AT-131, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR"
4-1
❏ AT-133, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK"
❏ AT-136, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING"
❏ AT-138, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-140, "DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-143, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-145, "DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-148, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-150, "DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-153, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
4 ❏ AT-155, "DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION"
❏ AT-158, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-160, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-162, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1"
❏ AT-164, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3"
❏ AT-166, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5"
❏ AT-168, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6"
Check at Idle AT-48
❏ AT-183, "Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” or “N” Position"
❏ AT-184, "In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed"
4-2 ❏ AT-185, "In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves"
❏ AT-186, "Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position)"
❏ AT-188, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position"
❏ AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position"
Cruise Test AT-49
Part 1
❏ AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1"
❏ AT-194, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2"
❏ AT-196, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3"
4-3
❏ AT-198, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4"
❏ AT-200, "A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5"
❏ AT-202, "A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up"
❏ AT-203, "A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition"
❏ AT-205, "Lock-up Is Not Released"
❏ AT-205, "Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle"

AT-40
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Part 2 AT-51
A
❏ AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1"
❏ AT-194, "A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2"
❏ AT-196, "A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3"
❏ AT-198, "A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" B
Part 3 AT-52
❏ AT-206, "A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear"
❏ AT-208, "A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear" AT
❏ AT-209, "A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear"
❏ AT-210, "A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear"
❏ AT-212, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake"
❏ Perform self-diagnosis. Enter checks for detected items. AT-85 , AT-94 D
❏ AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE"
❏ AT-99, "DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT"
❏ AT-103, "DTC P0700 TCM" E
❏ AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH"
❏ AT-108, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)"
❏ AT-113, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL"
❏ AT-115, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" F
❏ AT-117, "DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)"
4 4-3
❏ AT-119, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-121, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR"
❏ AT-124, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT" G
❏ AT-129, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR"
❏ AT-131, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR"
❏ AT-133, "DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK"
H
❏ AT-136, "DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING"
❏ AT-138, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-140, "DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-143, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" I
❏ AT-145, "DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-148, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-150, "DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION"
❏ AT-153, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" J
❏ AT-155, "DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
FUNCTION"
❏ AT-158, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE"
❏ AT-160, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" K
❏ AT-162, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1"
❏ AT-164, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3"
❏ AT-166, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5"
❏ AT-168, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" L
5 ❏ Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnosis and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6 ❏ Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items. AT-47
M
❏ For any remaining NG items, perform the “Diagnosis Procedure” and repair or replace the malfunctioning AT-56
7 parts. See the chart for diagnosis by symptoms. (This chart also contains other symptoms and inspection pro-
cedures.)
AT-87
8 ❏ Erase the results of the self-diagnostics from TCM.
AT-95

AT-41
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

A/T Electrical Parts Location GCS0001R

SCIA7303E

AT-42
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Circuit Diagram GCS0001S

AT

MCWA0237E

AT-43
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis GCS0001T

A/T FLUID CHECK

A/T Fluid Leakage and A/T Fluid Level Check
Inspect for A/T fluid leakage and check the A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
A/T Fluid Condition Check
Inspect the A/T fluid condition.
Fluid condition Conceivable Cause Required Operation
Replace the ATF and check the A/T
Varnished (viscous Clutch, brake main unit and the vehicle for mal-
varnish state) scorched functions (wire harnesses, cooler
pipes, etc.)
Replace the ATF and check for
Milky white or cloudy Water in the fluid
places where water is getting in.
Large amount of Unusual wear of
Replace the ATF and check for
metal powder mixed sliding parts within
improper operation of the A/T.
in A/T SAT638A

STALL TEST
Stall Test Procedure
1. Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary.
2. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/
T fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the
amount of ATF. Replenish if necessary.

SAT647B

3. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.
4. Engine start, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D”
position.

SAT513G

5. While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the
accelerator pedal.
6. Quickly read off the stall speed, then quickly remove your foot
from the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION:
Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 sec-
onds during this test.
Stall speed
YD25DDTi: 2,700 - 3,100 rpm
SAT514G
VQ40DE: 2,200 - 2,500 rpm
7. Move selector lever to the “N” position.
AT-44
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

8. Cool down the ATF.

CAUTION: A
Run the engine at idle for at least 1 minute.
9. Repeat steps 5 through 8 with selector lever in “3”, “2”, “1” and “R” positions.
B
Judgement of Stall Test
Selector lever position
“D”, “3”, “2” Expected problem location AT
“R”
and “1”
● Forward brake
● Forward one-way clutch D
H O
● 1st one-way clutch
Stall rotation ● 3rd one-way clutch
O H ● Reverse brake E
L L ● Engine and torque converter one-way clutch
H H ● Line pressure low
F
O: Stall speed within standard value position
H: Stall speed higher than standard value
L: Stall speed lower than standard value
G
Stall test standard value position
Does not shift-up “D” position 1 → 2 Slipping in 2nd, 3rd or 4th gear Direct clutch slippage
Does not shift-up “D” position 2 → 3 Slipping in 3rd, 4th or 5th gear High and low reverse clutch slippage H
Does not shift-up “D” position 3 → 4 Slipping in 4th or 5th gear Input clutch slippage
Does not shift-up “D” position 4 → 5 Slipping in 5th gear Front brake slippage
I
LINE PRESSURE TEST
Line Pressure Test Port
J

SCIA2187E
M

Line Pressure Test Procedure

1. Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary.
2. Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the ATF reaches in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F), then inspect the amount of ATF and replenish if necessary.
NOTE:
The A/T fluid temperature rises in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) during 10 minutes of driving.

AT-45
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. After warming up remove the oil pressure detection plug and

install the oil pressure gauge (ST2505S001).
CAUTION:
When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use O-ring
attached to the oil pressure detection plug.

SCIA0574E

4. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn.

SAT513G

5. Start the engine, then measure the line pressure at both idle and
the stall speed.
CAUTION:
● Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during
measurement.
● When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed.
Refer to AT-44, "STALL TEST" .
6. After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure
detection plug and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to AT-
262, "Components" .
SAT493G
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse O-ring.

● Apply ATF to O-ring.

Line Pressure
Line pressure [kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi)]
Engine speed
“R” position “D” position
At idle speed 425 - 465 (4.3 - 4.6, 4.3 - 4.7, 62 - 67) 379 - 428 (3.8 - 4.3, 3.9 - 4.4, 55 - 62)
At stall speed 1,605 - 1,950 (16.0 - 19.5, 16.4 - 19.9, 233 - 283) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.1 - 15.0, 13.4 - 15.3, 190 - 218)

AT-46
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Judgement of Line Pressure Test

Judgement Possible cause
A

Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output.
For example
● Oil pump wear
B
Low for all positions
(“P”, “R”, “N” and “D”) ● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue
● Oil strainer Þ oil pump Þ pressure regulator valve passage oil leak
AT
● Engine idle speed too low
Only low for a specific Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position
Idle speed position after the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
D
Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment
function.
For example
● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction E
High
● A/T fluid temperature sensor malfunction
● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking in OFF state, filter clog, cut line)
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
F

Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment

function.
For example G
Oil pressure does not ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
rise higher than the oil ● TCM malfunction
pressure for idle. H
● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (shorting, sticking in ON state)
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
● Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
I
Stall speed Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the
pressure adjustment function.
For example
The pressure rises, but J
does not enter the stan- ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction
dard position. ● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking, filter clog)
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
● Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged
K

Only low for a specific Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position
position after the pressure is distributed by the manual valve.
L
ROAD TEST
Description
● The road test inspects overall performance of A/T and analyzes possible malfunction causes. M
● The road test is perform in the following three stages.
1. Check before engine is started. Refer to AT-48 .
2. Check at idle. Refer to AT-48 .
3. Cruise test.
● Inspect all the items from Part 1 to Part 3. Refer to AT-49 , AT-51 , AT-52 .

● Before beginning the road test, check the test procedure and inspection items.
● Test all inspection items until the symptom is uncovered. Diagnose NG items when all road tests are com-
plete.

AT-47
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Check Before Engine Is Started GCS0001U

1. CHECK OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP

1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” position.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Does OD OFF indicator lamp light up for about 2 seconds?
YES >> 1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Perform self-diagnosis and record all NG items on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)" .
3. Go to AT-48, "Check at Idle" .
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-183, "OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .
Check at Idle GCS0001V

1. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Park vehicle on level surface.
2. Move selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Start engine.
Does the engine start?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-183, "Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” or “N” Position" .

2. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Move selector lever in “D”, “3”, “2”, “1” or “R” position.
3. Start engine.
Does the engine start in any positions?
YES >> Stop the road test and go to AT-183, "Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” or “N” Position" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK “P” POSITION FUNCTIONS

1. Move selector lever to “P” position.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Push the vehicle forward or backward.
5. Engage the parking brake.
When you push the vehicle with the parking brake released, does it move?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “In “P” Position Vehicle Moves When Pushed” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET" , then continue the road test.
NO >> GO TO 4.

AT-48
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

4. CHECK “N” POSITION FUNCTIONS A

1. Start engine.
2. Move selector lever to “N” position.
3. Release the parking brake. B
Does vehicle move forward or backward?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “In “N” Position Vehicle Moves” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test. AT
NO >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK D

1. Engage the brake.

2. Move selector lever to “D” position. E
When the A/T is shifted from “N” to “D”, is there an excessive shock?
YES >> Enter a check mark at “Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position)” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK-
SHEET" the diagnosis worksheet, then continue the road test. F
NO >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK “R” POSITION FUNCTIONS

G
1. Engage the brake.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Release the brake for 4 to 5 seconds. H
Does the vehicle creep backward?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position” on AT-39, "DIAGNOS- I
TIC WORKSHEET" , then continue the road test.

7. CHECK “D” POSITION FUNCTIONS J

Inspect whether the vehicle creep forward when the A/T is put into the “D” position.
Does the vehicle creep forward in “D” position?
K
YES >> Go to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-51, "Cruise Test - Part 2" and AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3"
.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET" , then continue the road test. Go to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-51, "Cruise L
Test - Part 2" and AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
Cruise Test - Part 1 GCS0001W
M
1. CHECK STARTING OUT FROM D1
1. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes to warm up the engine oil and ATF.
Appropriate temperature for the ATF: 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F)
2. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Move selector lever to “P” position.
4. Start engine.
5. Move selector lever to “D” position.
6. Press accelerator pedal about half-way down to accelerate the vehicle.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Starts from D1 ?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK-
SHEET" , then continue the road test.

AT-49
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2

Press down accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D1 → D2 ) at the appropriate
speed. Refer to AT-54, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree and vehicle speed. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test.

3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3

Press down accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D2 → D3 ) at the appropriate
speed. Refer to AT-54, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree and vehicle speed. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test.

4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4

Press down accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D3 → D4 ) at the appropriate
speed. Refer to AT-54, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree and vehicle speed. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test.

5. CHECK SHIFT-UP D4 → D5

Press down accelerator pedal about half-way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D4 → D5 ) at the appropriate
speed. Refer to AT-54, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree and vehicle speed. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D4 → D5 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test.

6. CHECK LOCK-UP
When releasing accelerator pedal (closed throttle position signal: OFF) from D5 , check lock-up from D5 to L/
U. Refer to AT-54, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs" .
With CONSULT-II
Select “TCC SOLENOID” with “MAIN SIGNALS” mode for “A/T”. Refer to AT-82, "CONSULT-II REFERENCE
VALUE" .
Does it lock-up?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET"
, then continue the road test.

AT-50
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

7. CHECK LOCK-UP HOLD A

Check hold lock-up.
With CONSULT-II
Select “TCC SOLENOID” with “MAIN SIGNALS” mode for “A/T”. Refer to AT-82, "CONSULT-II REFERENCE B
VALUE" .
Does it maintain lock-up status?
YES >> GO TO 8. AT
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK-
SHEET" , then continue the road test.
D
8. CHECK LOCK-UP RELEASE

Check lock-up cancellation by depressing brake pedal lightly to decelerate.

E
With CONSULT-II
Select “TCC SOLENOID” with “MAIN SIGNALS” mode for “A/T”. Refer to AT-82, "CONSULT-II REFERENCE
VALUE" .
Does lock-up cancel? F
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Lock-up Is Not Released” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then
continue the road test. G

9. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN D5 → D4
H
Decelerate by pressing lightly on brake pedal.
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position and engine speed. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
I
When the A/T shift-down D5 → D4 , does the engine speed drop smoothly back to idle?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Go to AT-51, "Cruise Test - Part 2" . J
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK-
SHEET" , then continue the road test. Go to AT-51, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
Cruise Test - Part 2 GCS0001X
K
1. CHECK STARTING FROM D1
1. Move selector lever to “D” position. L
2. Accelerate at half throttle.
With CONSULT-II M
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does it start from D1 ?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK-
SHEET" , then continue the road test.

2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2

Press accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the A/T shifts up (D1 → D2 ) at the cor-
rect speed. Refer to AT-54, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree and vehicle speed. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test.

AT-51
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3

Press accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the A/T shifts up (D2 → D3 ) at the cor-
rect speed. Refer to AT-54, "Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs" .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position, throttle degree and vehicle speed. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test.

4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4 AND ENGINE BRAKE

When the A/T changes speed D3 → D4 , return accelerator pedal.

With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 and apply the engine brake?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Go to AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ” on AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ,
then continue the road test. Go to AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
Cruise Test - Part 3 GCS0001Y

1. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
1. Push overdrive control switch. (OD OFF indicator lamp is off.)
2. Confirm gear selector lever is in “D” position.
3. Accelerate vehicle using half throttle to D5 .
4. Release accelerator pedal.
5. Push overdrive control switch. (OD OFF indicator lamp is on.) while driving in D5 .
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Does A/T shift from D5 to D4 (OD OFF)?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift: 5th gear → 4th gear” on the AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC
WORKSHEET" , then continue the road test.

2. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN
During D4 driving, is downshift from “D” → “3” → “2” → “1” performed?
With CONSULT-II
Read the gear position. Refer to AT-88, "DATA MONITOR MODE" .
Is downshifting correctly performed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift” at the corresponding position (4th → 3rd, 3rd → 2nd,
2nd → 1st) on the AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" , then continue the road test.

AT-52
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE A

Check engine brake.
Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in 11 position?
YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle. B
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diag-
nostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake” on the AT-39, "DIAGNOS- AT
TIC WORKSHEET" , then continue trouble diagnosis.

AT-53
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs GCS0001Z

2WD MODELS
Engine model YD25DDTi

Throttle Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]

Tire size
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D 1
Full 41 - 45 66 - 72 103 - 113 148 - 164 144 - 160 92 - 102 53 - 59 23 - 25
255/70 R16 throttle (26 - 28) (41 - 45) (64 - 71) (93 - 103) (90 - 100) (58 - 64) (33 - 37) (14 - 16)
255/65 R17 Half 34 - 38 55 - 61 86 - 96 118 - 130 88 - 98 60 - 66 39 - 43 10 - 11
throttle (21 - 24) (34 - 38) (54 - 60) (74 - 81) (55 - 61) (38 - 41) (24 - 27) (6 - 7)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Engine model VQ40DE

Throttle Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]

Tire size
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D 1
Full 61 - 67 99 - 109 153 - 169 234 - 258 230 - 254 142 - 158 87 - 97 42 - 46
255/70 R16 throttle (38 - 42) (62 - 68) (96 - 106) (146 - 161) (144 - 159) (89 - 97) (54 - 61) (26 - 29)
255/65 R17 Half 49 - 55 81 - 89 123 - 137 149 - 165 115 - 127 70 - 78 50 - 56 12 - 14
throttle (31 - 34) (51 - 56) (76 - 86) (93 - 103) (72 - 79) (44 - 49) (31 - 35) (8 - 9)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

4WD MODELS
Engine model YD25DDTi

Throttle Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]

Tire size
position D1 → D2 D2 → D 3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D1
Full 37 - 41 60 - 66 94 - 104 136 - 150 132 - 146 84 - 92 48 - 54 21 - 23
throttle (23 - 26) (38 - 41) (59 - 65) (85 - 94) (83 - 91) (53 - 58) (30 - 34) (13 - 14)
235/70 R16
Half 31 - 35 50 - 56 79 - 87 113 - 125 79 - 87 55 - 61 36 - 40 10 - 11
throttle (19 - 22) (31 - 35) (49 - 54) (71 - 78) (49 - 54) (34 - 38) (23 - 25) (6 - 7)
Full 38 - 42 62 - 68 97 - 107 141 - 155 137 - 151 87 - 97 50 - 56 22 - 24
255/70 R16 throttle (24 - 26) (39 - 43) (61 - 67) (88 - 97) (86 - 94) (54 - 61) (31 - 35) (14 - 15)
255/65 R17 Half 32 - 36 52 - 58 82 - 90 117 - 129 83 - 91 57 - 63 37 - 41 10 - 11
throttle (20 - 23) (33 - 36) (51 - 56) (73 - 80) (52 - 57) (35 - 39) (23 - 26) (6 - 7)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Engine model VQ40DE

Throttle Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]

Tire size
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D 2 D2 → D1
Full 54 - 60 88 - 98 136 - 150 208 - 230 204 - 226 126 - 140 77 - 85 36 - 40
throttle (34 - 38) (55 - 61) (85 - 94) (130 - 144) (128 - 141) (79 - 88) (48 - 53) (23 - 25)
235/70 R16
Half 44 - 48 71 - 79 110 - 122 133 - 147 103 - 113 63 - 69 46 - 50 12 - 14
throttle (28 - 30) (44 - 49) (69 - 76) (83 - 92) (64 - 71) (39 - 43) (29 - 31) (8 - 9)
Full 58 - 64 94 - 104 144 - 160 221 - 245 218 - 240 135 - 149 83 - 91 40 - 44
255/70 R16 throttle (36 - 40) (59 - 65) (90 - 100) (138 - 153) (136 - 150) (84 - 93) (52 - 57) (25 - 28)
255/65 R17 Half 47 - 51 76 - 84 117 - 129 141 - 155 108 - 120 67 - 75 48 - 54 12 - 14
throttle (29 - 32) (48 - 53) (73 - 81) (88 - 97) (68 - 75) (42 - 47) (30 - 34) (8 - 9)

● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

AT-54
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases GCS00020

2WD MODELS A
Engine model YD25DDTi
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]
Tire size Throttle position B
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF

255/70 R16 Closed throttle 73 - 81 (46 - 51) 70 - 78 (44 - 49)

255/65 R17 Half throttle 141 - 155 (88 - 97) 130 - 144 (81 - 90) AT
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
D
Engine model VQ40DE
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]
Tire size Throttle position E
Lock-up “ON” Lock-up “OFF”

255/70 R16 Closed throttle 68 - 76 (43 - 48) 66 - 72 (41 - 45)

255/65 R17 Half throttle 188 - 208 (118 - 130) 147 - 163 (92 - 102) F
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
G
4WD MODELS
Engine model YD25DDTi
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)] H
Tire size Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 67 - 75 (42 - 47) 65 - 71 (41 - 44)
235/70 R16 I
Half throttle 129 - 143 (81 - 89) 119 - 131 (74 - 82)

255/70 R16 Closed throttle 69 - 77 (43 - 48) 66 - 74 (41 - 46)

255/65 R17 Half throttle 134 - 148 (84 - 93) 123 - 135 (77 - 84) J
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
K
Engine model VQ40DE
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]
Tire size Throttle position L
Lock-up “ON” Lock-up “OFF”
Closed throttle 61 - 67 (38 - 42) 58 - 64 (36 - 40)
235/70 R16
Half throttle 167 - 185 (104 - 116) 131 - 145 (82 - 91)
M
255/70 R16 Closed throttle 65 - 71 (41 - 44) 62 - 68 (39 - 43)
255/65 R17 Half throttle 178 - 196 (111 - 123) 139 - 154 (87 - 96)

● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

AT-55
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Symptom Chart GCS00021

● The diagnostic item numbers show the sequence for inspection. Inspect in order from item 1.
● Overhaul and inspect inside the A/T only if A/T fluid condition is NG. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Con-
dition Check" .
Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
EC-1027
(for
YD25DDTi
engine),
EC-65
(for
VQ40DE
1. Engine idle speed
engine
type 1*) or
EC-608
(for
VQ40DE
engine
type 2*)
ON vehicle
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
Large shock. (“N”→“D”
position) 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
1 Refer to AT-186,
4. Control cable adjustment AT-217
"Large Shock (“N” to
“D” Position)" . 5. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-124
AT-162,
6. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
7. CAN communication line AT-96
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
Shift
Shock 9. Line pressure test AT-45
10. Control valve with TCM AT-224
11. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
OFF vehicle AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
AT-166,
3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
4. CAN communication line AT-96
Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-113
2 when changing D1
→D2 . 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
AT-108,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
9. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 10. Direct clutch AT-320

AT-56
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
B
3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-168,
solenoid valve AT-153
4. CAN communication line AT-96
AT
Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-113
3 when changing D2
→D3 . 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
AT-108, D
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
9. Control valve with TCM AT-224 E
OFF vehicle 10. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
F
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
AT-164,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-138
G
4. CAN communication line AT-96
Shock is too large ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-113
4 Shift when changing D3
6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129 H
Shock →D4 .
AT-108,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-44 I
9. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 10. Input clutch AT-306
J
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
AT-162, K
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
4. CAN communication line AT-96
ON vehicle 5. Engine speed signal AT-113 L
Shock is too large
5 when changing D4 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
→D5 .
AT-108,
7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR M
AT-131
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
9. Control valve with TCM AT-224
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-306

AT-57
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
3. CAN communication line AT-96
4. Engine speed signal AT-113
ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
Shock is too large for AT-108,
downshift when accel- 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
6 AT-131
erator pedal is
pressed. 7. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
8. Control valve with TCM AT-224
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
10. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
12. Direct clutch AT-320
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
4. CAN communication line AT-96
ON vehicle 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
Shift
Shock Shock is too large for AT-108,
6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
7 upshift when accelera- AT-131
tor pedal is released. 7. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
8. Control valve with TCM AT-224
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
10. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
12. Direct clutch AT-320
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
Shock is too large for ON vehicle
8 AT-108,
lock-up. 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
8. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
9. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 10. Torque converter AT-282

AT-58
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
B
ON vehicle 3. CAN communication line AT-96
4. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
Shift Shock is too large dur-
9 5. Control valve with TCM AT-224 AT
Shock ing engine brake.
6. Front brake (brake band) AT-262
7. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle D
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
9. Direct clutch AT-320
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44 E
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
Gear does not change
AT-166, F
from D1 →D2 . ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
10 Refer to AT-194, "A/T
Does Not Shift: D1 → 4. Line pressure test AT-45
D2" .
5. CAN communication line AT-96 G
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-320
H
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
Gear does not change I
3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-168,
from D2 →D3 . ON vehicle
11 solenoid valve AT-153
Refer to AT-196, "A/T
No Up Does Not Shift: D2 → 4. Line pressure test AT-45
Shift J
D3" .
5. CAN communication line AT-96
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch AT-318 K
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR L
AT-131
AT-164,
Gear does not change 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-138
from D3 →D4 . ON vehicle M
12 Refer to AT-198, "A/T AT-162,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
Does Not Shift: D3 → AT-143
D4" . 5. Line pressure test AT-45
6. CAN communication line AT-96
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-306

AT-59
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Overdrive control switch AT-178
AT-108,
3. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
AT-162,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
Gear does not change
ON vehicle
from D4 →D5 . AT-166,
No Up 5. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
13 Refer to AT-200, "A/T AT-148
Shift
Does Not Shift: D4 →
6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
D5 " .
7. Line pressure test AT-45
8. CAN communication line AT-96
9. Control valve with TCM AT-224
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-282
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-306
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
AT-162,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
In “D” position, does AT-143
not downshift to 4th ON vehicle
AT-166,
gear. 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
14 AT-148
Refer to AT-206, "A/T
Does Not Shift: 5th 5. CAN communication line AT-96
Gear → 4th Gear" .
6. Line pressure test AT-45
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-282
No Down OFF vehicle
9. Input clutch AT-306
Shift
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131

In “D” or “3” position, AT-164,

3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
does not downshift to AT-138
3rd gear. ON vehicle
15 AT-162,
Refer to AT-208, "A/T 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
Does Not Shift: 4th
Gear → 3rd Gear" . 5. CAN communication line AT-96
6. Line pressure test AT-45
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-306

AT-60
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-131
In “D” or “2” position,
does not downshift to 3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-168,
2nd gear. ON vehicle solenoid valve AT-153
16
Refer to AT-209, "A/T
4. CAN communication line AT-96
AT
Does Not Shift: 3rd
Gear → 2nd Gear" . 5. Line pressure test AT-45
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
D
No Down OFF vehicle 7. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
Shift 1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108, E
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
In “D” or “1” position,
does not downshift to AT-166,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
1st gear. AT-148 F
17
Refer to AT-210, "A/T
4. CAN communication line AT-96
Does Not Shift: 2nd
Gear → 1st Gear" . 5. Line pressure test AT-45
G
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 7. Direct clutch AT-320
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44 H
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131

ON vehicle 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-148 I

4. Line pressure test AT-45
5. CAN communication line AT-96
J
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
7. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
8. 1st one-way clutch AT-312 K
Slips/Will 9. Gear system AT-262
When “D” position,
18 Not
remains in 1st gear. 10. Reverse brake AT-282
Engage
11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is L
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
OFF vehicle AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
M
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)

AT-61
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131

ON vehicle 3. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-158

4. Line pressure test AT-45
5. CAN communication line AT-96
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
When “D” position,
19 7. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
remains in 2nd gear.
8. Gear system AT-262
9. Direct clutch AT-320

OFF vehicle 10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
Slips/Will
Not AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
Engage AT-131
ON vehicle
3. Line pressure test AT-45
4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. Control valve with TCM AT-224
6. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
7. Gear system AT-262
When “D” position, 8. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
20 remains in 3rd gear.
9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
OFF vehicle
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)

AT-62
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-131
AT-164,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-138
AT-166, AT
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
ON vehicle 5. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-168,
solenoid valve AT-153 D
When “D” position, 6. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-158
21
remains in 4th gear.
7. Front brake solenoid valve AT-143
E
8. Line pressure test AT-45
9. CAN communication line AT-96
10. Control valve with TCM AT-224 F
Slips/Will 11. Input clutch AT-306
Not 12. Gear system AT-262
Engage OFF vehicle G
13. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
14. Direct clutch AT-320
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44 H
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
AT-162, I
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
4. Line pressure test AT-45
When “D” position,
22 5. CAN communication line AT-96 J
remains in 5th gear.
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
7. Front brake (brake band) AT-282
K
8. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle
9. Gear system AT-262
10. High and low reverse clutch AT-318 L

AT-63
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test AT-45
4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. Control valve with TCM AT-224
6. Torque converter AT-282
7. Oil pump assembly AT-301
8. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
Vehicle cannot be 9. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
started from D1 .
10. Gear system AT-262
23 Refer to AT-192, "Vehi-
cle Cannot Be Started 11. Reverse brake AT-282
from D1" . 12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
OFF vehicle impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
Slips/Will 14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
Not 15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
Engage AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
Does not lock-up. ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
Refer to AT-202, "A/T
24 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
Does Not Perform
Lock-up" . 6. CAN communication line AT-96
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Torque converter AT-282
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-301

AT-64
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
B
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
Does not hold lock-up
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
condition.
25 Refer to AT-203, "A/T 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115 AT
Does Not Hold Lock-
6. CAN communication line AT-96
up Condition" .
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
D
8. Torque converter AT-282
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-301
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44 E
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
Lock-up is not F
ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
released.
26 Refer to AT-205, 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
"Lock-up Is Not
6. CAN communication line AT-96
Released" . G
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224

Slips/Will 8. Torque converter AT-282

OFF vehicle
Not 9. Oil pump assembly AT-301 H
Engage
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR I
AT-131
AT-166,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
J
4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. Line pressure test AT-45
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224 K
No shock at all or the
clutch slips when vehi- 7. Torque converter AT-282
27
cle changes speed D1 8. Oil pump assembly AT-301
→D2 . L
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
10. Gear system AT-262

OFF vehicle 11. Direct clutch AT-320

M
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)

AT-65
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-168,
ON vehicle solenoid valve AT-153
4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. Line pressure test AT-45
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
7. Torque converter AT-282
8. Oil pump assembly AT-301
No shock at all or the
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
clutch slips when vehi-
28
cle changes speed D2 10. Gear system AT-262
→D3 .
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
OFF vehicle 13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)

Slips/Will 13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible

Not to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
Engage sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
AT-164,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-138
ON vehicle
AT-162,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
No shock at all or the 5. CAN communication line AT-96
clutch slips when vehi-
29 6. Line pressure test AT-45
cle changes speed D3
→D4 . 7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Torque converter AT-282
9. Oil pump assembly AT-301
10. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle
11. Gear system AT-262
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
13. Direct clutch AT-320

AT-66
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-131
AT-162,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
ON vehicle
AT-166, AT
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
No shock at all or the 5. CAN communication line AT-96
clutch slips when vehi- D
30 6. Line pressure test AT-45
cle changes speed D4
→D5 . 7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Torque converter AT-282 E
9. Oil pump assembly AT-301
10. Front brake (brake band) AT-282
OFF vehicle
11. Input clutch AT-306 F
12. Gear system AT-262
Slips/Will 13. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
Not G
Engage 1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131 H
AT-162,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
ON vehicle
AT-166, I
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
When you press the
5. CAN communication line AT-96
accelerator pedal and
31 shift speed D5 →D4 6. Line pressure test AT-45 J
the engine idles or the
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
A/T slips.
8. Torque converter AT-282
K
9. Oil pump assembly AT-301
10. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle
11. Gear system AT-262 L
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
13. Direct clutch AT-320
M

AT-67
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
AT-164,
3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-138
ON vehicle
AT-162,
4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
5. CAN communication line AT-96
6. Line pressure test AT-45
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Torque converter AT-282
When you press the
accelerator pedal and 9. Oil pump assembly AT-301
32 shift speed D4 →D3 10. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
the engine idles or the
A/T slips. 11. Gear system AT-262
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
OFF vehicle 13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
Slips/Will
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
Not AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
Engage
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
3. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-168,
solenoid valve AT-153
ON vehicle
AT-166,
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
5. CAN communication line AT-96
6. Line pressure test AT-45
When you press the
accelerator pedal and 7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
33 shift speed D3 →D2
8. Torque converter AT-282
the engine idles or the
A/T slips. 9. Oil pump assembly AT-301
10. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
11. Gear system AT-262

OFF vehicle 12. Direct clutch AT-320

13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)

AT-68
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-108,
2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR B
AT-131
AT-166,
ON vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
4. CAN communication line AT-96
AT
5. Line pressure test AT-45
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
D
7. Torque converter AT-282
8. Oil pump assembly AT-301
When you press the 9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304 E
Slips/Will accelerator pedal and
34 Not shift speed D2 →D1 10. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
Engage the engine idles or the 11. Gear system AT-262
A/T slips. F
12. Reverse brake AT-282
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
OFF vehicle impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
G
13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .) H
14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
AT-282 I
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
J

AT-69
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. PNP switch AT-104
6. Control cable adjustment AT-217
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Torque converter AT-282
9. Oil pump assembly AT-301

With selector lever in 10. 1st one-way clutch AT-312

35 “D” position, accelera- 11. Gear system AT-262
tion is extremely poor.
12. Reverse brake AT-282
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
OFF vehicle 13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
Slips/Will
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
Not
Engage 14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
4. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-168,
ON vehicle solenoid valve AT-153
With selector lever in 5. CAN communication line AT-96
36 “R” position, accelera-
6. PNP switch AT-104
tion is extremely poor.
7. Control cable adjustment AT-217
8. Control valve with TCM AT-224
9. Gear system AT-262
OFF vehicle 10. Output shaft AT-282
11. Reverse brake AT-282

AT-70
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
B
ON vehicle 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. Control valve with TCM AT-224 AT
6. Torque converter AT-282
7. Oil pump assembly AT-301
D
8. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
9. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
While starting off by
accelerating in 1st, 10. Gear system AT-262 E
37
engine races or slip-
11. Reverse brake AT-282
page occurs.
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
OFF vehicle impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT- F
13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .) G
13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
Slips/Will sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross- H
AT-282
Not sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
Engage sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
I
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121 J
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-96
AT-166,
5. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148 K
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224

While accelerating in 7. Torque converter AT-282

38 2nd, engine races or 8. Oil pump assembly AT-301
L
slippage occurs.
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
10. Gear system AT-262
M
OFF vehicle 11. Direct clutch AT-320
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" , AT-16, "Cross-
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)

AT-71
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. ATF pressure switch 6 and high and low reverse clutch AT-168,
solenoid valve AT-153
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
7. Torque converter AT-282
8. Oil pump assembly AT-301
9. 3rd one-way clutch AT-304
While accelerating in
39 3rd, engine races or 10. Gear system AT-262
slippage occurs.
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
12. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
OFF vehicle 13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" , AT-
16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
Slips/Will
Not 13. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
Engage to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" , AT-16, "Cross-
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-96
AT-164,
5. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve
AT-138
While accelerating in
40 4th, engine races or 6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
slippage occurs. 7. Torque converter AT-282
8. Oil pump assembly AT-301
9. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle
10. Gear system AT-262
11. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
12. Direct clutch AT-320

AT-72
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
B
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
ON vehicle 4. CAN communication line AT-96
AT-162, AT
5. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
While accelerating in
41 5th, engine races or 6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
slippage occurs. 7. Torque converter AT-282 D
8. Oil pump assembly AT-301
9. Front brake (brake band) AT-282
OFF vehicle E
Slips/Will 10. Input clutch AT-306
Not
11. Gear system AT-262
Engage
12. High and low reverse clutch AT-318 F
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Engine speed signal AT-113
G

ON vehicle 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129

42 Slips at lock-up. 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115 H
6. CAN communication line AT-96
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Torque converter AT-282 I
OFF vehicle
9. Oil pump assembly AT-301

AT-73
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
AT-166,
4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
ON vehicle AT-148
5. PNP switch AT-104
6. CAN communication line AT-96
7. Control cable adjustment AT-217
8. Control valve with TCM AT-224

No creep at all. 9. Torque converter AT-282

Refer to AT-188, "Vehi- 10. Oil pump assembly AT-301
cle Does Not Creep
Backward in “R” Posi- 11. 1st one-way clutch AT-312
43
tion" , AT-190, "Vehi- 12. Gear system AT-262
cle Does Not Creep
Forward in “D” Posi- 13. Reverse brake AT-282
tion" 14. Direct clutch AT-320
Slips/Will 15. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
Not impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
OFF vehicle
Engage 13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
16. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-104

Vehicle cannot run in 4. Control cable adjustment AT-217

44
all positions. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-224
6. Oil pump assembly AT-301
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-262
8. Output shaft AT-282

AT-74
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
B
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-104
4. Control cable adjustment AT-217
5. Control valve with TCM AT-224 AT
6. Torque converter AT-282
7. Oil pump assembly AT-301
D
8. 1st one-way clutch AT-312

With selector lever in 9. Gear system AT-262

45 “D” position, driving is 10. Reverse brake AT-282 E
not possible.
11. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
OFF vehicle 13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282 F
Slips/Will 14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
Not 15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
Engage AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
12. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible G
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16, H
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
I
ON vehicle 3. PNP switch AT-104
With selector lever in 4. Control cable adjustment AT-217
46 “R” position, driving is J
not possible. 5. Control valve with TCM AT-224
6. Gear system AT-262
OFF vehicle 7. Output shaft AT-282 K
8. Reverse brake AT-282
AT-108,
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
L

2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121

Shift point is high in “D”
47 ON vehicle
position. 3. CAN communication line AT-96
M
4. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-124
Others 5. Control valve with TCM AT-224
AT-108,
1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
Shift point is low in “D” 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
48 ON vehicle
position.
3. CAN communication line AT-96
4. Control valve with TCM AT-224

AT-75
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
AT-108,
4. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
ON vehicle AT-131
Judder occurs during
49
lock-up. 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
6. CAN communication line AT-96
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
8. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 9. Torque converter AT-282
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-96
4. Control valve with TCM AT-224
Strange noise in “R”
50 5. Torque converter AT-282
position.
6. Oil pump assembly AT-301
OFF vehicle 7. Gear system AT-262
8. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
9. Reverse brake AT-282
Others
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-96
Strange noise in “N”
51 4. Control valve with TCM AT-224
position.
5. Torque converter AT-282
OFF vehicle 6. Oil pump assembly AT-301
7. Gear system AT-262
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
ON vehicle
3. CAN communication line AT-96
4. Control valve with TCM AT-224
5. Torque converter AT-282
Strange noise in “D” 6. Oil pump assembly AT-301
52
position.
7. Gear system AT-262

OFF vehicle 8. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible to

perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)

AT-76
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
1. PNP switch AT-104
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
B
3. Control cable adjustment AT-217
Vehicle dose not ON vehicle 4. 1st position switch AT-176
decelerate by engine
brake. 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-166 AT
53
Refer to AT-212, "Vehi- 6. CAN communication line AT-96
cle Does Not Deceler-
ate by Engine Brake" . 7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
D
8. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
10. Direct clutch AT-320 E
1. PNP switch AT-104
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
3. Control cable adjustment AT-217 F
ON vehicle
4. ATF pressure switch 6 AT-168
Engine brake does not
54 Others work operate in “2” 5. CAN communication line AT-96
position.
G
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
7. Front brake (brake band) AT-282
OFF vehicle 8. Input clutch AT-306 H
9. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
1. PNP switch AT-104
I
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
3. Control cable adjustment AT-217
ON vehicle 4. 1st position switch AT-176 J
Engine brake does not 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-166
55 work operate in “1”
position. 6. CAN communication line AT-96
K
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Input clutch AT-306
OFF vehicle 9. High and low reverse clutch AT-318 L
10. Direct clutch AT-320

AT-77
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Line pressure test AT-45
3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
ON vehicle
4. CAN communication line AT-96
5. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-148
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
7. Torque converter AT-282
8. Oil pump assembly AT-301
9. Input clutch AT-306
10. Gear system AT-262
56 Maximum speed low. 11. High and low reverse clutch AT-318
12. Direct clutch AT-320
13. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
OFF vehicle impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-
AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
Others 14. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
EC-1027
(for
YD25DDTi
engine),
EC-65
(for
VQ40DE
1. Engine idle speed
engine
ON vehicle type 1*) or
57 Extremely large creep. EC-608
(for
VQ40DE
engine
type 2*)
2. CAN communication line AT-96
3. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-166
OFF vehicle 4. Torque converter AT-282

AT-78
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page A
With selector lever in 1. PNP switch AT-104
“P” position, vehicle ON vehicle
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
does not enter parking B
condition or, with
selector lever in
AT-244
another position, park-
58 (2WD
ing condition is not
models) or
AT
cancelled. OFF vehicle 3. Parking pawl components
AT-282
Refer to AT-184, "In
(4WD
“P” Position, Vehicle
models) D
Moves When Pushed"
.
1. PNP switch AT-104
2. A/T fluid level and state AT-44 E
ON vehicle
3. Control cable adjustment AT-217
4. Control valve with TCM AT-224
F
Vehicle runs with A/T AT-244
59
in “P” position. (2WD
models) or
5. Parking pawl components G
OFF vehicle AT-282
(4WD
models)
6. Gear system AT-262 H
1. PNP switch AT-104

Others 2. A/T fluid level and state AT-44

ON vehicle I
3. Control cable adjustment AT-217
4. Control valve with TCM AT-224
5. Input clutch AT-306 J
6. Gear system AT-262
7. Direct clutch AT-320
Vehicle runs with A/T K
in “N” position. 8. Reverse brake AT-282
60 Refer to AT-185, "In 9. Forward one-way clutch (Parts behind drum support is
“N” Position, Vehicle impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-
Moves" . 13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT- L
OFF vehicle AT-282
14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-
15, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or
AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
M
10. Forward brake (Parts behind drum support is impossible
to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-
AT-282
sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-
sectional View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16,
"Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .)
Engine does not start PG-4, SC-
1. Ignition switch and starter
in “N” or “P” position. 30
Refer to AT-183,
61 ON vehicle 2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
"Engine Cannot Be
Started in “P” or “N”
3. PNP switch AT-104
Position" .

AT-79
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Reference
No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
page
PG-4, SC-
1. Ignition switch and starter
Engine starts in posi- 30
62 tions other than “N” or ON vehicle
2. Control cable adjustment AT-217
“P”.
3. PNP switch AT-104
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
ON vehicle
63 Engine stall. 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
5. CAN communication line AT-96
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter AT-282
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
2. Engine speed signal AT-113
3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
Engine stalls when ON vehicle
64 Others selector lever shifted 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115
“N”→“D”, “R”.
5. CAN communication line AT-96
6. Control valve with TCM AT-224
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter AT-282
1. A/T fluid level and state AT-44
AT-166,
2. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve
AT-148
AT-162,
3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve
AT-143
Engine speed does not
ON vehicle
return to idle. 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
65 Refer to AT-205,
AT-108,
"Engine Speed Does 5. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR
AT-131
Not Return to Idle" .
6. CAN communication line AT-96
7. Control valve with TCM AT-224
8. Front brake (brake band) AT-282
OFF vehicle
9. Direct clutch AT-320
*: Refer to EC-15, "APPLICATION NOTICE" .

AT-80
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values GCS00022

A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT A

AT

D
SCIA1658E

TCM INSPECTION TABLE

Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground. E
Wire
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color

1 SB
Power supply
Always Battery voltage
F
(Memory back-up)
Power supply
2 R Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up) G
3 L CAN-H – –
K-line (CONSULT-
4 GR The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II. –
II signal) H
5 B Ground Always 0V

– Battery voltage I

6 Y Power supply

– 0V J

Selector lever in “R” position. 0V

Back-up lamp K
7 LG
relay Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

8 P CAN-L – –
L
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. Battery voltage
9 BR Starter relay
Selector lever in other positions. 0V
M
10 B Ground Always 0V

AT-81
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CONSULT-II Function (A/T) GCS00023

CONSULT-II can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function Reference page
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. AT-85
Data monitor Input/Output data in the TCM can be read. AT-88
CAN diagnostic support
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. AT-91
monitor
Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system
Function test —
is “OK” or “NG”.
DTC work support Select the operating condition to confirm Diagnostic Trouble Codes. AT-91
ECU part number TCM part number can be read. —

CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE

NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each sole-
noid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Man-
ual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
– Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
– Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
– Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-II changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed
upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
VHCL/S SE-A/T Approximately matches the speed-
During driving
VHCL/S SE-MTR ometer reading.

Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8

ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8.0/8
Released accelerator pedal. ON
CLSD THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON
W/O THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. OFF
Depressed brake pedal. ON
BRAKE SW
Released brake pedal. OFF
Closely matches the tachometer
ENGINE SPEED Engine running
reading.
Approximately matches the engine
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
speed.
ATF TEMP SE 1 3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9 V
0°C (32° F) - 20°C (68°F) - 80°C (176°F)
ATF TEMP SE 2 3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7 V
TCC SOLENOID When perform lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A

AT-82
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

A
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A B
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL AT
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. ON
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in other positions. OFF
D
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. N/P
Selector lever in “R” position. R
Selector lever in “D” position. D E
SLCT LVR POSI
Selector lever in “3” position. 3
Selector lever in “2” position. 2
F
Selector lever in “1” position. 1
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF G
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
H
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON I
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5 J
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
K
Selector lever in “1” position. ON
1 POSITION SW
Selector lever in other positions. OFF
Holding overdrive control switch. ON L
OD CONT SW
Releasing overdrive control switch. OFF
GEAR During driving 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
M

AT-83
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE

CAUTION:
If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be
detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication.
● For details, refer to the separate “CONSULT-II Operations Man-
ual”.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on
driver side.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)

BBIA0369E

4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.

BCIA0029E

5. Touch “A/T”.
If “A/T” is not indicated, go to GI-47, "CONSULT-II Data Link
Connector (DLC) Circuit" .

BCIA0030E

6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.

BCIA0031E

AT-84
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE

Operation Procedure A
After performing self-diagnosis, place check marks for results on the AT-39, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
Reference pages are provided following the items.
1. Perform AT-84, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . B
2. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation. AT

BCIA0031E

Display Items List F

X: Applicable, —: Not applicable
Items (CONSULT-II TCM self-diagnosis
Malfunction is detected when... Reference page
screen terms) DTC G
CAN COMM CIRCUIT ● When a malfunction is detected in CAN communications U1000 AT-96
● If this signal is ON other than in “P” or “N” position, this is
STARTER RELAY/ judged to be a malfunction. H
P0615 AT-99
CIRC (And if it is OFF in “P” or “N” position, this too is judged to
be a malfunction.)
TCM ● TCM is malfunctioning. P0700 AT-103 I
● PNP switch 1-4 signals input with impossible pattern
PNP SW/CIRC ● “P” position is detected from “N” position without any other P0705 AT-104
position being detected in between. J
● Signal from vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor)
not input due to cut line or the like
● Unexpected signal input during running K
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 AT-108
● After ignition switch is turned ON, unexpected signal input
from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle starts
moving
L
● TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 AT-113
the ECM.
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, M
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 AT-115
short, or the like
● A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value P0744 AT-117
with slip rotation.
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 AT-119
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
● TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal posi-
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 AT-121
tion signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM.
● During running, the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P1710 AT-124
is excessively high or low
● TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the
sensor.
TURBINE REV S/CIRC P1716 AT-129
● TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for
turbine revolution sensor 2.

AT-85
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Items (CONSULT-II TCM self-diagnosis

Malfunction is detected when... Reference page
screen terms) DTC
● Signal (CAN communication) from vehicle speed sensor
VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR MTR not input due to cut line or the like P1721 AT-131
● Unexpected signal input during running
● Except during shift change, the gear position and ATF
A/T INTERLOCK pressure switch states are monitored and comparative P1730 AT-133
judgement made.
● Each ATF pressure switch and solenoid current is moni-
tored and if a pattern is detected having engine braking 1st
A/T 1ST E/BRAKING P1731 AT-136
gear other than in the “1” position, a malfunction is
detected.
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 AT-138
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
I/C SOLENOID FNCTN (Other than during shift change) P1754 AT-140
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condi-
tion of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during releasing
accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 AT-143
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
FR/B SOLENOID FNCT (Other than during shift change) P1759 AT-145
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condi-
tion of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during releasing
accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line,
short, or the like
D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 AT-148
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
D/C SOLENOID (Other than during shift change) P1764 AT-150
FNCTN
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condi-
tion of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during releasing
accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 AT-153
● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with
monitor value.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
HLR/C SOL FNCTN (Other than during shift change) P1769 AT-155
● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condi-
tion of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during releasing
accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)

AT-86
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Items (CONSULT-II TCM self-diagnosis

Malfunction is detected when... Reference page A
screen terms) DTC
● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional
LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 AT-158
malfunction, cut line, short, or the like
B
● TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to
operate the solenoid valve.
LC/B SOLENOID FNCT ● Condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is different from moni- P1774 AT-160
tor value, and relation between gear position and actual
AT
gear ratio is irregular.
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure D
ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC P1841 AT-162
switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation E
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC P1843 AT-164
switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change)
F
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC P1845 AT-166
switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal.
(Other than during shift change) G
● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation
between gear position and condition of ATF pressure
ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC P1846 AT-168
switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. H
(Other than during shift change)
NO DTC IS DETECTED
FURTHER TESTING ● No NG item has been detected. X — I
MAY BE REQUIRED

How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results

1. Perform AT-84, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . J
2. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.

M
BCIA0031E

3. Touch “ERASE”. (The self-diagnostic results will be erased.)

PCIA0061E

AT-87
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

DATA MONITOR MODE

Operation Procedure
1. Perform AT-84, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
2. Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
NOTE:
When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-II performs
“REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS”. Also, any malfunction detected
while in this mode will be displayed at real time.

BCIA0031E

Display Items List

X: Standard, —: Not applicable, : Option
Monitor Item Selection
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU

VHCL/S SE-A/T (km/h) X X Revolution sensor

VHCL/S SE-MTR (km/h) X —

ACCELE POSI (0.0/8) X — Accelerator pedal position signal

THROTTLE POSI (0.0/8) X X

CLSD THL POS (ON/OFF) X —

Signal input with CAN communications
W/O THL POS (ON/OFF) X —

BRAKE SW (ON/OFF) X — Stop lamp switch

Gear position recognized by the TCM updated

GEAR — X
after gear-shifting

ENGINE SPEED (rpm) X X

TURBINE REV (rpm) X X

OUTPUT REV (rpm) X X

GEAR RATIO — X

Difference between engine speed and torque

TC SLIP SPEED (rpm) — X
converter input shaft speed
F SUN GR REV (rpm) — —

F CARR GR REV (rpm) — —

ATF TEMP SE 1 (V) X —

ATF TEMP SE 2 (V) X —

ATF TEMP 1 (°C) — X

ATF TEMP 2 (°C) — X

BATTERY VOLT (V) X —

ATF PRES SW 1 (ON/OFF) X X (for FR/B solenoid)

ATF PRES SW 2 (ON/OFF) X X (for LC/B solenoid)

ATF PRES SW 3 (ON/OFF) X X (for I/C solenoid)

AT-88
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitor Item Selection

A
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU B
ATF PRES SW 5 (ON/OFF) X X (for D/C solenoid)

ATF PRES SW 6 (ON/OFF) X X (for HLR/C solenoid)

AT
PNP SW 1 (ON/OFF) X —

PNP SW 2 (ON/OFF) X —
D
PNP SW 3 (ON/OFF) X —

PNP SW 4 (ON/OFF) X —
E
1 POSITION SW (ON/OFF) X — 1st position switch

Selector lever position is recognized by TCM.

SLCT LVR POSI — X For fail-safe operation, the specific value used
for control is displayed. F
OD CONT SW (ON/OFF) X —

POWERSHIFT SW (ON/OFF) X — G
HOLD SW (ON/OFF) X —

MANU MODE SW (ON/OFF) X — H

NON M-MODE SW (ON/OFF) X —
Not mounted but displayed.
UP SW LEVER (ON/OFF) X —
I
DOWN SW LEVER (ON/OFF) X —

SFT UP ST SW (ON/OFF) — —
J
SFT DWN ST SW (ON/OFF) — —

ASCD-OD CUT (ON/OFF) — —

ASCD-CRUISE (ON/OFF) — —
K

ABS SIGNAL (ON/OFF) — —

ACC OD CUT (ON/OFF) — — L

Not mounted but displayed.
ACC SIGNAL (ON/OFF) — —

TCS GR/P KEEP (ON/OFF) — — M

TCS SIGNAL 2 (ON/OFF) — —

TCS SIGNAL 1 (ON/OFF) — —

TCC SOLENOID (A) — X

LINE PRES SOL (A) — X

I/C SOLENOID (A) — X

FR/B SOLENOID (A) — X

D/C SOLENOID (A) — X

HLR/C SOL (A) — X

ON OFF SOL (ON/OFF) — — LC/B solenoid

TCC SOL MON (A) — —

L/P SOL MON (A) — —

AT-89
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitor Item Selection

SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU

I/C SOL MON (A) — —

FR/B SOL MON (A) — —

D/C SOL MON (A) — —

HLR/C SOL MON (A) — —

ONOFF SOL MON (ON/OFF) — — LC/B solenoid

P POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

R POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

N POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

D POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

4TH POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

3RD POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

2ND POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

1ST POSI IND (ON/OFF) — —

MANU MODE IND (ON/OFF) — —

Not mounted but displayed.
POWER M LAMP (ON/OFF) — —

F-SAFE IND/L (ON/OFF) — —

ATF WARN LAMP (ON/OFF) — —

BACK-UP LAMP (ON/OFF) — —

STARTER RELAY (ON/OFF) — —

PNP SW3 MON (ON/OFF) — —

C/V CLB ID1 — —

C/V CLB ID2 — —

C/V CLB ID3 — —

UNIT CLB ID1 — —

UNIT CLB ID2 — —

UNIT CLB ID3 — —

TRGT GR RATIO — —

TRGT PRES TCC (kPa) — —

TRGT PRES L/P (kPa) — —

TRGT PRES I/C (kPa) — —

TRGT PRE FR/B (kPa) — —

TRGT PRES D/C (kPa) — —

TRG PRE HLR/C (kPa) — —

SHIFT PATTERN — —

DRV CST JUDGE — —

AT-90
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Monitor Item Selection

A
SELEC-
Monitored item (Unit) ECU Remarks
MAIN SIG- TION
INPUT
NALS FROM
SIGNALS
MENU B
START RLY MON — —

NEXT GR POSI — —
AT
SHIFT MODE — —

MANU GR POSI — —
D
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) — X Vehicle speed recognized by TCM.

Displays the value measured by the voltage

Voltage (V) — —
probe. E
Frequency (Hz) — —

DUTY-HI (high) (%) — —

The value measured by the pulse probe is dis- F
DUTY-LOW (low) (%) — —
played.
PLS WIDTH-HI (ms) — —
G
PLS WIDTH-LOW (ms) — —

CAN DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT MONITOR MODE

Operation Procedure H
1. Perform AT-84, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" .
2. Touch “CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR”. Refer to LAN-15, "CAN
Diagnostic Support Monitor" . I

BCIA0031E
L
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
Operation Procedure
1. Perform AT-84, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . M
2. Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT”.

BCIA0031E

AT-91
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

3. Touch select item menu.

SCIA7151E

4. Touch “START”.

SCIA7152E

5. Perform driving test according to “DTC Confirmation Procedure”

in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.

SCIA5160E

● When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen

changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”.

SCIA5161E

6. Stop vehicle.

SCIA5164E

AT-92
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

● If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go A

to “Diagnostic Procedure”.

AT

SCIA5162E
D
7. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with
instructions displayed.
E
8. Touch “YES” or “NO”.
9. CONSULT-II procedure is ended.
F

G
SCIA5163E

H
● If “NG” appears on the screen, a malfunction may exist.
Go to “Diagnostic Procedure”.

K
SCIA5162E

Display Items List

DTC work support item Description Check item L
I/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
FR/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
M
D/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
HLR/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
LC/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — —
Following items for “TCC solenoid function (lock-up)” can be con-
firmed.
● TCC solenoid valve
TCC SOL FUNCTN CHECK ● Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being con-
ducted or not) ● Hydraulic control circuit

● Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)

*: Do not use, but displayed.

AT-93
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II GCS00024

TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)

Description
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the indicator lamp lights up for 2 seconds. As a method for locating the
suspect circuit, when the self-diagnostics start signal is input, the memory for the malfunction location is output
and OD OFF indicator lamp flashes to display the corresponding DTC.
Diagnostic Procedure
1. CHECK OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Start the engine with selector lever in “P” position. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF at least twice, then leave it in the OFF position.
3. Wait 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
Does OD OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to AT-183, "OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" .

2. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Keep pressing shift lock release button.
3. Move selector lever from “P” to “D” position.
4. Release accelerator pedal. (Set the closed throttle position signal ON.)
5. Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal ON.)
6. Turn ignition switch ON.
7. Wait 3 seconds.
8. Move selector lever from “D” to “3” position.
9. Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal OFF.)
10. Move selector lever from “3” to “2” position.
11. Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal ON.)
12. Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal OFF.)
13. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it.

>> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE

Check OD OFF indicator lamp. Refer to AT-95, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
If the system does not go into self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" , AT-174, "CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIRCUIT" ,
AT-175, "BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT" .

>> DIAGNOSIS END

AT-94
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

Judgement Self-diagnosis Code

If there is a malfunction, the lamp lights up for the time corresponding to the suspect circuit. A
No. Malfunctioning item No. Malfunctioning item
1. Revolution sensor AT-108 10. A/T fluid temperature sensor AT-124
B
2. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-148 , AT-150 11. Turbine revolution sensor AT-129
3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-115 , AT-117 12. A/T interlock AT-133
4. Line pressure solenoid valve AT-119 13. A/T 1st engine braking AT-136 AT
5. Input clutch solenoid valve AT-138 , AT-140 14. Start signal AT-99
6. Front brake solenoid valve AT-143 , AT-145 15. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-121
D
7. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-158 , AT-160 16. Engine speed signal AT-113
8. High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-153 , AT-155 17. CAN communication line AT-96
9. PNP switch AT-104 E

SCIA6862E

Erase Self-diagnosis
● In order to make it easier to find the cause of hard-to-duplicate malfunctions, malfunction information is
stored into the control unit as necessary during use by the user. This memory is not erased no matter how
many times the ignition switch is turned ON and OFF.
● However, this information is erased by turning ignition switch OFF after executing self-diagnosis or by
erasing the memory using the CONSULT-II.

AT-95
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710

Description GCS00025

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS00026

Diagnostic trouble code “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-II or 17th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units.
Possible Cause GCS00027

Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS00028

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-98, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0031E

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-98, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-96
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN GCS00029

AT

MCWA0194E

AT-97
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal Wire color Item Condition Data (Approx.)
3 L CAN-H – –
8 P CAN-L – –

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0002A

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
Is any malfunction of the “U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT” indicated?
YES >> Print out CONSULT-II screen, Go to LAN section. Refer
to LAN-3, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" .
NO >> INSPECTION END

PCIA0061E

AT-98
 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT PFP:25230

A
Description GCS0002B

TCM prohibits cranking other than at “P” or “N” position.

B
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0002C

Item name Condition Display value

Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. ON AT
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in other positions. OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0002D D

Diagnostic trouble code “P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 14th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when starter relay is switched ON other than at “P” or “N” position. (Or when switched
OFF at “P” or “N” position). E
Possible Cause GCS0002E

● Harness or connectors F
(starter relay and TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
● Starter relay
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0002F G
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
H
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
J
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “STARTER
RELAY” ON/OFF.
3. Start engine. K
4. Drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-101, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L

BCIA0031E
M
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-101, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-99
 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG GCS0002G

MCWA0195E

AT-100
 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal Wire color Item Condition Data (Approx.) A
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. Battery voltage
9 BR Starter relay
Selector lever in other positions. 0V
B
Diagnostic Procedure GCS0002H

1. CHECK STARTER RELAY AT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
D
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “STARTER
RELAY” ON/OFF.
E
Item name Condition Display value
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. ON
STARTER RELAY
Selector lever in other positions. OFF F

PCIA0056E
G
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
H
2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground.
Voltage
Item Connector Terminal Shift position
(Approx.) I
“N” or “P” Battery voltage
Starter relay E17 48 Ground “R”, “D”, “3”,
0V J
“2” or “1”

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2. K
SCIA7211E

2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR AND IPDM E/R CONNEC-
L
TOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and IPDM E/R connector. M
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and
IPDM E/R connector.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
A/T assembly harness connector F36 9
Yes
IPDM E/R connector E17 48
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. SCIA6254E

NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power

in harness or connectors.

AT-101
 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY

1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minal and TCM connector terminal.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
A/T assembly harness connector F36 9
Yes
TCM connector F502 8
4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA5440E

NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to

power in harness or connectors.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● Starter relay, Refer to SC-30, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
● IPDM E/R, Refer to PG-14, "IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE
ROOM)" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-99, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-102
 DTC P0700 TCM

DTC P0700 TCM PFP:31036

A
Description GCS0002I

TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. TCM con-
trols A/T. B
On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0002J

Diagnostic trouble code “P0700 TCM” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM is malfunctioning. AT
Possible Cause GCS0002K

TCM
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0002L

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and E
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II F
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. G
3. Start engine.
4. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed.
H
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-103, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

I
BCIA0031E

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0002M

J
1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II K
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”. L
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform AT-103, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is the “P0700 TCM” displayed again? M
YES >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NO >> INSPECTION END

AT-103
 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH PFP:32006

Description GCS0002N

● PNP switch includes a transmission range switch.

● The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0002O

Item name Condition Display value

Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. N/P
Selector lever in “R” position. R
Selector lever in “D” position. D
SLCTLVR POSI
Selector lever in “3” position. 3
Selector lever in “2” position. 2
Selector lever in “1” position. 1

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0002P

Diagnostic trouble code “P0705 PNP SW/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 9th judgement flicker without CONSULT-
II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from PNP switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 based on the gear
position.
● When no other positions but “P” position is detected from “N” position.
Possible Cause GCS0002Q

● Harness or connectors
(PNP switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 and TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
● PNP switches 1, 2, 3 and 4
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0002R

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-106, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0031E

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
Accelerator opening: More than 1.0/8
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-106, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-104
 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW GCS0002S

AT

MCWA0196E

AT-105
 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0002T

1. CHECK PNP SW CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Check if correct selector lever position (N/P, R, D, 3, 2 or 1) is
displayed as selector lever is moved into each position.
Item name Condition Display value
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. N/P
Selector lever in “R” position. R
Selector lever in “D” position. D SCIA5296E
SLCTLVR POSI
Selector lever in “3” position. 3
Selector lever in “2” position. 2
Selector lever in “1” position. 1
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-106
 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS A
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector. B
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
AT
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
F505 1
connector Yes
D
TCM connector F503 13
Park/neutral position switch
F505 2
connector Yes E
TCM connector F503 11
SCIA5457E
Park/neutral position switch
F505 3
connector Yes F
TCM connector F503 12
Park/neutral position switch
F505 5
connector Yes G
TCM connector F503 14

4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

H
5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
I
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK DTC J

Perform AT-104, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .

OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
L

AT-107
 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:32702

Description GCS0002U

Revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The
pulse signal is sent to TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0002V

Item name Condition Display value

VHCL/S SE-A/T During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0002W

Diagnostic trouble code “P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT” with CONSULT-II or 1st judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
● After ignition switch is turned ON, irregular signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle
starts moving.
Possible Cause GCS0002X

● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Revolution sensor
● Vehicle speed sensor MTR
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0002Y

CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE-A/T”
value in response to “VHCL/S SE-MTR” value.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
6. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. BCIA0031E

7. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5

consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
8. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 3,500 rpm or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position

AT-108
 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test. A
If is detected, go to AT-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Vehicle speed: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
Accelerator opening: More than 1.0/8 AT
Selector lever position: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test. D
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-111, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E

AT-109
 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T GCS0002Z

MCWA0197E

AT-110
 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00030

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine) B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. AT
4. Read the value of “VHCL/S SE-A/T” while driving.
Check the value changes according to driving speed.
D
Item name Condition Display value
Approximately matches the
VHCL/S SE-A/T During driving
speedometer reading. E
SCIA2148E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2. F

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I

Check the following.

● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. K

AT-111
 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
F505 8
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 20
Park/neutral position switch
F505 9
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 17
SCIA5458E
Park/neutral position switch
F505 10
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 16

4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

5. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

5. REPLACE THE REVOLUTION SENSOR AND CHECK DTC

1. Replace revolution sensor. Refer to AT-244, "REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" (2WD models), AT-282,
"DISASSEMBLY" , AT-262, "Components" (4WD models).
2. Perform AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .

6. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-112
 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL PFP:24825

A
Description GCS00031

The engine speed signal is sent from ECM to TCM.

B
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS00032

Item name Condition Display value

ENGINE SPEED Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. AT

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS00033

Diagnostic trouble code “P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG” with CONSULT-II or 16th judgement flicker without D
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the ignition signal from ECM during engine cranking or
running.
Possible Cause GCS00034
E

Harness or connectors
(ECM to TCM circuit is open or shorted.)
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS00035

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. G
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. H
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) I
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”. J
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 consecutive seconds. K
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position BCIA0031E
L
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-114, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. M
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
Vehicle speed: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Accelerator opening: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-114, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-113
 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00036

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. While monitoring engine speed, check for engine speed change
corresponding to wide-open throttle position signal.
Item name Condition Display value
Closely matches the tachome-
ENGINE SPEED Engine running
ter reading.

OK or NG
PCIA0041E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
● Refer to EC-1050, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE" (for YD25DDTi engine), EC-111, "SELF-DIAG
RESULTS MODE" (for VQ40DE engine type 1*), EC-654, "SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE" (for
VQ40DE engine type 2*).
*: Refer to EC-15, "APPLICATION NOTICE" .

3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-113, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-114
 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

A
Description GCS00037

● The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D5 by the TCM in response to sig-
nals sent from the vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). B
Torque converter clutch piston operation will then be controlled.
● Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low.
● When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1.0/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should AT
not change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS00038

D
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS00039

Diagnostic trouble code “P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 3rd judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
F
● When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
● When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause GCS0003A
G

● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve

● Harness or connectors H
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0003B

CAUTION: I
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and J
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II K
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II. L
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
M
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position BCIA0031E
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected go to AT-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Vehicle speed: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more
Accelerator opening: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
AT-115
 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0003C

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read the value of “TCC SOLENOID” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA4793E

NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-115, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-116
 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)

DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) PFP:31940

A
Description GCS0003D

This malfunction is detected when A/T does not shift into 5th gear position or the torque converter clutch does
not lock-up as instructed by TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) B
but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0003E

AT
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0003F

Diagnostic trouble code “P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or 3rd judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
E
● When A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good.
● When TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation.
Possible Cause GCS0003G
F

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
G
● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
● Hydraulic control circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0003H H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: I
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and Select “TCC SOL FNCTN CHECK” of “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch K
“START”.
2. Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and maintain
the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has turned L
to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds after
“TESTING” shows.)
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4) M
TCC SOLENOID: 0.4 - 0.6 A
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
[Reference speed: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50 BCIA0031E
MPH)]
GEAR: “5” position
– For shift schedule, refer to AT-55, "Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases" .
– If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In
case a DTC other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”.
3. Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to AT-118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
Refer to shift schedule AT-55, "Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases" .

AT-117
 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP)

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 consecutive seconds.
Vehicle speed: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more
Accelerator opening: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
– For shift schedule, refer to AT-55, "Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases" .
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected go to AT-118, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure GCS0003I

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read the value of “TCC SOLENOID” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
TCC SOLENOID When performing lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA4793E

NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-117, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-118
 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

A
Description GCS0003J

Line pressure solenoid valve regulates oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to
a signal sent from TCM. B
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0003K

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) AT

LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0003L

D
Diagnostic trouble code “P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 4th judgement flicker without CON-
SULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. E
● When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause GCS0003M
F
● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Line pressure solenoid valve G
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0003N

NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and H
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
J
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine and wait at least 5 second.
K
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-120, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

BCIA0031E

WITHOUT CONSULT-II M
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 second.
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-120, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-119
 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0003O

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read the value of “LINE PRES SOL” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
LINE PRES SOL During driving 0.2 - 0.6 A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA4793E

NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-119, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-120
 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR PFP:22620

A
Description GCS0003P

The accelerator pedal position sensor sends a signal to ECM, and ECM sends signals to TCM with CAN com-
munication. B
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0003Q

Item name Condition Display value AT

Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8.0/8
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0003R

Diagnostic trouble code “P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T” with CONSULT-II or 15th judgement flicker without CON-
SULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN E
communication) from ECM.
Possible Cause GCS0003S

F
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0003T G
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. H
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) I
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”. J
4. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-122, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K

BCIA0031E
L

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. M
2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-122, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-121
 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0003U

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read the value of “ACCELE
POSI”.
Item name Condition Display value
Released accelerator pedal. 0.0/8
ACCELE POSI
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. 8.0/8

4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT- PCIA0070E

II. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK DTC WITH ECM

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CON-
SULT-II. Refer to EC-1047, "CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)"
(for YD25DDTi engine), EC-108, "CONSULT-II Function
(ENGINE)" (for VQ40DE engine type 1*), EC-651, "CONSULT-
II Function (ENGINE)" (for VQ40DE engine type 2*).
*: Refer to EC-15, "APPLICATION NOTICE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check the DTC detected item.
BCIA0030E
● Refer to EC-1047, "CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)"
(for YD25DDTi engine), EC-108, "CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)" (for VQ40DE engine type
1*), EC-651, "CONSULT-II Function (ENGINE)" (for VQ40DE engine type 2*).
*: Refer to EC-15, "APPLICATION NOTICE" .
● If CAN communication line is detected, go to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE" .

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-121, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.

AT-122
 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT A

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
D
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper- E
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-123
 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT PFP:31940

Description GCS0003V

A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0003W

Item name Conditio °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)

ATF TEMP SE 1 3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9 V
0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176)
ATF TEMP SE 2 3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7 V

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0003X

Diagnostic trouble code “P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 10th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor.
Possible Cause GCS0003Y

● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● A/T fluid temperature sensors 1 and/or 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0003Z

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least
10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.)
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position BCIA0031E
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-126, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to
maintain continuously.)
Vehicle speed: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Accelerator opening: More than 1.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-126, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-124
 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS GCS00040

AT

MCWA0231E

AT-125
 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00041

1. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read the value of “ATF TEMP SE 1”.
Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 1 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 3.3 - 2.7 - 0.9 V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0039E

2. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read the value of “ATF TEMP SE 2”.
Item name Condition °C (°F) Display value (Approx.)
ATF TEMP SE 2 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 3.3 - 2.5 - 0.7 V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 5. PCIA0039E

3. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1

Check AT-128, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .

4. CHECK SUB-HARNESS
1. Disconnect park/neutral position switch connector and TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between park/neutral position switch connector
terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
Park/neutral position switch
F505 6
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 19
Park/neutral position switch
F505 7
connector Yes
TCM connector F503 18
SCIA5461E

3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

AT-126
 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

5. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 A

Check AT-128, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. B
NG >> Replace A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-233, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
AT
6. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector and TCM connector.
D
2. Check continuity between A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 con-
nector terminals and TCM connector terminals.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity E
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
F507 1
connector Yes
TCM connector F502 3 F
A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
F507 2
connector Yes
TCM connector F502 5 G
SCIA5462E

3. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT I

1. Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
CIRCUIT" . J
2. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper- K
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK DTC L

Perform AT-124, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .

OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 1.

AT-127
 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT

Component Inspection GCS00042

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1

1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Check resistance between terminals.
Temperature Resistance
Name Connector Terminal
°C (°F) (Approx.)
0 (32) 15 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature
F505 6-7 20 (68) 6.5 kΩ
sensor 1
80 (176) 0.9 kΩ

3. If NG, replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control

Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
SCIA5463E

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2

1. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-233, "A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
2. Check resistance between terminals.
Temperature Resistance
Name Connector Terminal
°C (°F) (Approx.)
0 (32) 10 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature
F507 1-2 20 (68) 4 kΩ
sensor 2
80 (176) 0.5 kΩ

3. If NG, replace A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-233,

"A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION" . SCIA5271E

AT-128
 DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR

DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR PFP:31935

A
Description GCS00043

Turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of A/T.
Monitors revolution of sensor 1 and sensor 2 for non-standard conditions. B
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS00044

Item name Condition Display value AT

TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS00045

D
Diagnostic trouble code “P1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 11th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor. E
● When TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2.
Possible Cause GCS00046
F
● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Turbine revolution sensor 1 and/or 2 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS00047

CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. H
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and I
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
K
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine. L
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL/S SE-A/T: 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
ENGINE SPEED: 1,500 rpm or more M
ACCELE POSI: More than 0.5/8 BCIA0031E
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR (Turbine revolution sensor 1): “4” or “5” position
GEAR (Turbine revolution sensor 2): All positions
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-130, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
Engine speed: 1,500 rpm or more
Accelerator opening: More than 0.5/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 1): “4” or “5” position
Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 2): All positions

AT-129
 DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR

Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-130, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure GCS00048

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start vehicle and read the value of “TURBINE REV”.
Item name Condition Display value
Approximately matches the
TURBINE REV During driving (lock-up ON)
engine speed.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. PCIA0041E
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-129, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-130
 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR

DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR PFP:24814

A
Description GCS00049

The vehicle speed sensor MTR signal is transmitted from combination meter to TCM by CAN communication
line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. TCM will then B
use the vehicle speed sensor MTR signal.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0004A

AT
Item name Condition Display value
VHCL/S SE-MTR During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading.
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0004B

Diagnostic trouble code “P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR-MTR” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not
receive the proper vehicle speed sensor MTR signal (input by CAN communication) from combination meter.
E
Possible Cause GCS0004C

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) F

DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0004D

CAUTION: G
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and H
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II. J
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 K
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: 1.0/8 or less
VHCL/S SE-MTR: 30 km/h (17 MPH) or more L
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-132, "Diagnostic Procedure" . BCIA0031E

AT-131
 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0004E

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the result?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle and read out the value of “VHCL/S SE-MTR”.
Item name Condition Display value
Approximately matches the
VHCL/S SE-MTR During driving
speedometer reading.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. SCIA2148E
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-131, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-132
 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK PFP:00000

A
Description GCS0004F

Fail-safe function to detect interlock conditions.

B
On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0004G

● Diagnostic trouble code “P1730 A/T INTERLOCK” with CONSULT-II or 12th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor and AT
switch.
● TCM monitors and compares gear position and conditions of each ATF pressure switch when gear is
steady.
D
Possible Cause GCS0004H

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuit is open or shorted.) E
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 2
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0004I

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. G
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. H
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) I
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”. J
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds. K
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-134, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
BCIA0031E L

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
M
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following condition for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
Selector lever: “D” position
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-134, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-133
 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

Judgement of A/T Interlock GCS0004J

When A/T Interlock is judged to be malfunctioning, the vehicle should be fixed in 2nd gear, and should be set
in a condition in which it can travel.
When one of the following fastening patterns is detected, the fail-safe function in correspondence with the indi-
vidual pattern should be performed.
NOTE:
When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed, but
this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction.
A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE
●: NG, X: OK
Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe
ATF pressure switch output
Fail-safe function
Gear position
SW3 SW6 SW5 SW1 SW2 function
I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U
(I/C) (HLR/C) (D/C) (FR/B) (LC/B)
Held in
3rd – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear
A/T interlock Held in
4th – X X – ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
coupling pattern 2nd gear
Held in
5th X X – X ● OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
2nd gear

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0004K

1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

With CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.

BCIA0031E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Drive vehicle.
2. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
4. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check low coast brake solenoid valve circuit and function. Refer to AT-158, "DTC P1772 LOW
COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-160, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID
VALVE FUNCTION" .

2. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-133, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

AT-134
 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK

3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT A

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
D
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper- E
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-135
 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING

DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING PFP:00000

Description GCS0004L

Fail-safe function to prevent sudden decrease in speed by engine brake other than at “1” position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0004M

Item name Condition Display value

Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0004N

Diagnostic trouble code “P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING” with CONSULT-II or 13th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor.
● When TCM monitors each ATF pressure switch and solenoid monitor value, and detects as irregular when
engine brake of 1st gear acts other than at “1” position.
Possible Cause GCS0004O

● Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0004P

CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously preformed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2
consecutive seconds.
ENGINE SPEED: 1,200 rpm or more
SLCT LVR POSI: “1” position
GEAR: “1” position BCIA0031E
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds.
Engine speed: 1,200 rpm or more
Selector lever position: “1” position
Gear position: “1” position
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-137, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-136
 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0004Q

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start the engine. B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “1 ” position (1st gear), and confirm the ON/ AT
OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 2” and “ON OFF SOL”.
Item name Condition Display value D
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON E
SCIA4670E
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" . H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. I

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following. J
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
K
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-136, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-137
 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description GCS0004R

Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle speed
sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the opti-
mum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0004S

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0004T

Diagnostic trouble code “P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 5th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
● When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause GCS0004U

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Input clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0004V

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (I/C ON/OFF) BCIA0031E
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected go to AT-139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Accelerator opening: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Gear position: “3” Þ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-138
 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0004W

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. AT
4. Read the value of “I/C SOLENOID” while driving.

Item name Condition

Display value D
(Approx.)
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A E
SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2. F

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

G
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I

Check the following.

● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform AT-138, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-139
 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940

Description GCS0004X

● Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to
the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0004Y

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
I/C SOLENOID
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0004Z

Diagnostic trouble code “P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or 5th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause GCS00050

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Input clutch solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 3
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS00051

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1754) is detected, go to AT-141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-165, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-140
 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. A
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
Accelerator opening: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position B
Gear position: “3” Þ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
AT
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF position, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" . D
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-141, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure GCS00052
E
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
F
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
G
3. Drive vehicle in “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm the
ON/OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 3” and electrical current
value of “I/C SOLENOID”.
H
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A I
I/C SOLENOID SCIA4795E
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3 J
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

L
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-141
 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-140, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-142
 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

A
Description GCS00053

Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle speed
sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the opti- B
mum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS00054

AT
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A D

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS00055

Diagnostic trouble code “P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 6th judgement flicker without E
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
● When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. F
Possible Cause GCS00056

● Harness or connectors G
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Front brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS00057
H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
I
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
K
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
L
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
M
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF) BCIA0031E
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected go to AT-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Accelerator opening: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Gear position: “3” Þ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-143
 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00058

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read the value of “FR/B SOLENOID” while driving.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-143, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-144
 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940

A
Description GCS00059

● Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to B
the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0005A

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

D
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON E
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0005B F

Diagnostic trouble code “P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-II or 6th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of G
ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) H
Possible Cause GCS0005C

● Harness or connectors I
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Front brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 1 J
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0005D

CAUTION:
K
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. L
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
M
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1759) is detected, go to AT-146, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-163, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-145
 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
Accelerator opening: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Gear position: “3” Þ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF position, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-146, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure GCS0005E

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 1” and electrical
current value of “FR/B SOLENOID”.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
FR/B SOLENOID SCIA4796E
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-146
 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

4. CHECK DTC A
Perform AT-145, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END B
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT

AT-147
 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description GCS0005F

Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle speed
sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the opti-
mum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0005G

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0005H

Diagnostic trouble code “P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 2nd judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
● When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value.
Possible Cause GCS0005I

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Direct clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0005J

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “1” Þ “2” (D/C ON/OFF) BCIA0031E
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Accelerator opening: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Gear position: “1” Þ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-148
 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0005K

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) B
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. AT
4. Read the value of “D/C SOLENOID” while driving.

Item name Condition

Display value D
(Approx.)
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A E
SCIA4793E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2. F

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

G
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I

Check the following.

● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" . K
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L
Perform AT-148, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-149
 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940

Description GCS0005L

● Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch, vehicle
speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to
the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0005M

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)

Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
D/C SOLENOID
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0005N

Diagnostic trouble code “P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or 2nd judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause GCS0005O

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Direct clutch solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 5
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0005P

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “1” Þ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1764) is detected, go to AT-151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-150
 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. A
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
Accelerator opening: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position B
Gear position: “1” Þ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
AT
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF position, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" . D
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure GCS0005Q
E
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II
F
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
G
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (1st Þ 2nd gear), and confirm
the display actuation of “ATF PRES SW 5” and electrical current
value of “D/C SOLENOID”.
H
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A I
D/C SOLENOID SCIA4797E
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5 J
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

L
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-151
 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-150, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-152
 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
A
Description GCS0005R

High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch,
vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B
shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0005S

AT
Item name Condition Display value (Approx.)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A D

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0005T

Diagnostic trouble code “P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 8th judgement flicker without CON- E
SULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
● When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. F
Possible Cause GCS0005U

● Harness or connectors G
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0005V
H
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
I
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
K
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
L
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
M
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “2” Þ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF) BCIA0031E
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Accelerator opening: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Gear position: “2” Þ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-153
 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0005W

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Read the value of “HLR/C SOLENOID” while driving.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
0.6 - 0.8 A
Refer to AT-18 .
HLR/C SOL SCIA4793E
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
0 - 0.05 A
Refer to AT-18 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-153, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-154
 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION
PFP:31940 A
Description GCS0005X

● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP B
switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will
then be shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT

CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0005Y

Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) D

High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0.6 - 0.8 A
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . 0 - 0.05 A
E
High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
F
On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0005Z

Diagnostic trouble code “P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or 8th judgement flicker without CON-
SULT-II is detected under the following conditions. G
● When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular H
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause GCS00060

I
● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve
J
● ATF pressure switch 6
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS00061

CAUTION: K
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and L
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II M
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “2” Þ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1769) is detected, go to AT-156, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-169, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-155
 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
Accelerator opening: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
Selector lever position: “D” position
Gear position: “2” Þ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF position, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-156, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure GCS00062

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ 3rd gear), and confirm
the ON/OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 6” and electrical cur-
rent value of “HLR/C SOL”.
Display value
Item name Condition
(Approx.)
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
0.6 - 0.8 A
Refer to AT-18 . SCIA4798E
HLR/C SOL
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
0 - 0.05 A
Refer to AT-18 .
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
ON
Refer to AT-18 .
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged.
OFF
Refer to AT-18 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-156
DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

4. CHECK DTC A
Perform AT-155, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END B
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT

AT-157
 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940

Description GCS00063

Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned ON or OFF by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP switch,
vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be
shifted to the optimum position.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS00064

Item name Condition Display value

Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS00065

Diagnostic trouble code “P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 7th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid
valve.
Possible Cause GCS00066

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS00067

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T”
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”.
4. Start engine.
5. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
SLCT LVR POSI: “1” or “2” position
GEAR: “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF)
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-159, "Diagnostic Procedure" . BCIA0031E

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
Selector lever position: “1” or “2” position
Gear position: “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
3. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-159, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-158
 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00068

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) B
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine. AT
4. Read the value of “ON OFF SOL” while driving.
Item name Condition Display value D
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
E
OK or NG SCIA4794E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
J
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. K

4. CHECK DTC
L
Perform AT-158, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END M
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-159
 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940

Description GCS00069

● Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned ON or OFF by TCM in response to signals sent from PNP
switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will
then be shifted to the optimum position.
● This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical mal-
function such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0006A

Item name Condition Display value

Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ON OFF SOL
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0006B

Diagnostic trouble code “P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-II or 7th judgement flicker without
CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions.
● When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of
ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
● When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular
during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause GCS0006C

● Harness or connectors
(The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.)
● Low coast brake solenoid valve
● ATF pressure switch 2
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0006D

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
SLCT LVR POSI: “1” or “2” position
GEAR: “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF)
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II. If DTC (P1774) is detected, go to AT-161, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
If DTC (P1772) is detected, go to AT-159, "Diagnostic Proce- BCIA0031E
dure" .

AT-160
 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. A
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
Selector lever position: “1” or “2” position
Gear position: “1” or “2” (LC/B ON/OFF) B
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF position, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
5. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" . AT
6. If DTC is detected, go to AT-161, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure GCS0006E
D
1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS
With CONSULT-II E
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode
for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. F
3. Drive vehicle in the “1” or “2” position (11 or 22 gear), and con-
firm the ON/OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 2” and “ON OFF
SOL”. G
Item name Condition Display value
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ON OFF SOL H
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
SCIA4794E
Low coast brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 2
Low coast brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2. J

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

K
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM M

Check the following.

● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-160, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-161
 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1

DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 PFP:25240

Description GCS0006F

Fail-safe function to detect front brake solenoid valve condition.

CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0006G

Item name Condition Display value

Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0006H

Diagnostic trouble code “P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects that
actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irreg-
ular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause GCS0006I

● ATF pressure switch 1

● Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0006J

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (FR/B ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-163, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-144, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-162
 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0006K

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 1”.
Item name Condition Display value D
Front brake engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 1
Front brake disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
E
OK or NG PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

I
Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG J
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. K

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-162, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
M
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-163
 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3

DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 PFP:25240

Description GCS0006L

Fail-safe function to detect input clutch solenoid valve condition.

CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0006M

Item name Condition Display value

Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0006N

Diagnostic trouble code “P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects that
actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irreg-
ular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause GCS0006O

● ATF pressure switch 3

● Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0006P

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “3” Þ “4” (I/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-165, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-139, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-164
 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0006Q

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 3”.
Item name Condition Display value D
Input clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 3
Input clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
E
OK or NG PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

I
Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG J
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. K

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-164, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
M
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-165
 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5

DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 PFP:25240

Description GCS0006R

Fail-safe function to detect direct clutch solenoid valve condition.

CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0006S

Item name Condition Display value

Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0006T

Diagnostic trouble code “P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects that
actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irreg-
ular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause GCS0006U

● ATF pressure switch 5

● Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS0006V

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “1” Þ “2” (D/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-167, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-166
 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0006W

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (1st Þ 2nd gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 5”.
Item name Condition Display value D
Direct clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 5
Direct clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF
E
OK or NG PCIA0067E

OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.
F
2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- G
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. H
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

I
Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG J
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. K

4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-166, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
M
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-167
 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6

DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 PFP:25240

Description GCS0006X

Fail-safe function to detect high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve condition.
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0006Y

Item name Condition Display value

High and low reverse clutch engaged. Refer to AT-18 . ON
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. Refer to AT-18 . OFF

On Board Diagnosis Logic GCS0006Z

Diagnostic trouble code “P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects that
actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irreg-
ular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change)
Possible Cause GCS00070

● ATF pressure switch 6

● Harness or connectors
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure GCS00071

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following conditions.
ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8
SLCT LVR POSI: “D” position
GEAR: “2” Þ “3” (HLR/C ON/OFF)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased
engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions
required for this test.
3. Perform step 2 again.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step 1 to 3 again.
BCIA0031E
5. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-
II.
If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-169, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-154, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

AT-168
 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00072

1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ 3rd gear), and confirm AT
the ON/OFF actuation of “ATF PRES SW 6”.
Item name Condition Display value D
High and low reverse clutch engaged.
ON
Refer to AT-18 .
ATF PRES SW 6
High and low reverse clutch disengaged. E
OFF PCIA0067E
Refer to AT-18 .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. F
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT G

Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT" .
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check the following.
J
● A/T assembly harness connector pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper- K
ature Sensor 2" .
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK DTC L

Perform AT-168, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .

OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

AT-169
 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:00100

Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN GCS00073

MCWA0226E

AT-170
 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Terminal Wire color Item Condition Data (Approx.) A
Power supply
1 SB Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
Power supply B
2 R Always Battery voltage
(Memory back-up)
5 B Ground Always 0V
AT
– Battery voltage

6 Y Power supply
D
– 0V

10 B Ground Always 0V E

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00074

1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 1 F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector. G
3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector termi-
nals and ground.
Item Connector Terminal Voltage
H

1 - Ground
Battery voltage
TCM F36 2 - Ground
I
6 - Ground 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
NG >> GO TO 3. SCIA2104E

2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE STEP 2 K

1. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
L
3. Check voltage between A/T assembly harness connector termi-
nals and ground.
Item Connector Terminal Voltage M
1 - Ground
TCM F36 2 - Ground Battery voltage
6 - Ground
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. SCIA2105E

AT-171
 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● Harness for short or open between battery and A/T assembly harness connector F36 terminals 1, 2
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and A/T assembly harness connector F36 terminal 6
● 10 A fuse (No. 25, located in fuse and fusible link block) and 10 A fuse (No. 49, located in IPDM E/R)
● Ignition switch, Refer to PG-4, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and ground.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
TCM F36 5, 10 - Ground Yes

If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. SCIA2106E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check the following.
● A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG - 1 >> Self-diagnosis does not activate: GO TO 7.
NG - 2 >> DTC is displayed: Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULT MODE" .

AT-172
 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

7. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY A

1. Remove control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature
Sensor 2" .
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and TCM connector. B
3. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and TCM connector terminals.
AT
Item Connector Terminal Continuity
A/T assembly harness connector F36 1
Yes
TCM connector F502 9 D
A/T assembly harness connector F36 2
Yes
TCM connector F502 10
E
A/T assembly harness connector F36 6
Yes SCIA5464E
TCM connector F502 4

F
4. Check continuity between A/T assembly harness connector ter-
minals and TCM connector terminals.
Item Connector Terminal Continuity G
A/T assembly harness connector F36 5
Yes
TCM connector F504 21
H
A/T assembly harness connector F36 10
Yes
TCM connector F504 22
5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
SCIA5465E
OK or NG
OK >> Replace control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temper-
ature Sensor 2" . J
NG >> Replace open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

AT-173
 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-
CUIT

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION AND WIDE OPEN THROTTLE POSITION CIR-

CUIT PFP:18002

CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS00075

Item name Condition Display value

Released accelerator pedal. ON
CLSD THL POS
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. OFF
Fully depressed accelerator pedal. ON
W/O THL POS
Released accelerator pedal. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00076

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress accelerator pedal and read the value of “CLSD THL
POS” and “W/O THL POS”.
Item name
Accelerator pedal operation
CLSD THL POS W/O THL POS
Released ON OFF
Fully depressed OFF ON PCIA0070E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-1050, "SELF-DIAGNOS-
TIC MODE" (for YD25DDTi engine), EC-111, "SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE" (for VQ40DE
engine type 1*), EC-654, "SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE" (for VQ40DE engine type 2*).
*: Refer to EC-15, "APPLICATION NOTICE" .
● Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

● Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.

AT-174
 BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT

BRAKE SIGNAL CIRCUIT PFP:25320

A
CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS00077

Item name Condition Display value

Depressed brake pedal. ON B
BRAKE SW
Released brake pedal. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00078 AT

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure D
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . E
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT F

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
G
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read the ON/OFF switching action of “BRAKE SW”.
H
Item name Condition Display value
Depressed brake pedal. ON
BRAKE SW I
Released brake pedal. OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END J
NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0070E

3. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

K
Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E109
terminals 1 and 2. Refer to AT-180, "Wiring Diagram — AT — NON-
DTC" . L
Condition Continuity
When brake pedal is depressed Yes
M
When brake pedal is released No

Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to

BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG SCIA2144E

OK >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged

parts.
● Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch.

● Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch and combination meter.

● 10 A fuse (No.20, located in fuse block).

NG >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch.

AT-175
 1ST POSITION SWITCH

1ST POSITION SWITCH PFP:31918

CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS00079

Item name Condition Display value

Selector lever in “1” position. ON
1 POSITION SW
Selector lever in other positions. OFF

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0007A

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is any malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “1 POSITION SW”.
Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated
properly.
Item name Condition Display value
Selector lever in “1” position. ON
1 POSITION SW
Selector lever in other positions. OFF
SCIA7305E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine)
2. Check voltage between A/T control device connector terminal and ground. Refer to AT-180, "Wiring Dia-
gram — AT — NONDTC" .
Item Connector Terminal Condition Data (Approx.)
Selector lever in “1” position. 0V
A/T device M79 9 - Ground
Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T control device connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T control device connector M79 terminals 9 and 10.
Condition Continuity
Selector lever in “1” position. Yes
Selector lever in other positions. No

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace 1st position switch.

AT-176
 1ST POSITION SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Harness for short or open between combination meter connector M23 terminal 18 and A/T control device
connector M79 terminal 9. B
● Harness for short or open between A/T control device connector M79 terminal 10 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK COMBINATION METER D

Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG E
OK >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F

AT-177
 OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH

OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH PFP:25130

CONSULT-II Reference Value GCS0007B

Item name Condition Display value

Holding overdrive control switch ON
OD CONT SW
Releasing overdrive control switch OFF

Diagnostic Procedure GCS0007C

1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" .
Is any malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results?
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTOROL SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “OD CONT SW”.
Check the signal of the overdrive control switch is indicated
properly.
Item name Condition Display value
Holding overdrive control switch ON
OD CONT SW
Releasing overdrive control switch OFF
SCIA7305E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine)
2. Check voltage between A/T control device connector terminal and ground. Refer to AT-180, "Wiring Dia-
gram — AT — NONDTC" .
Item Connector Terminal Condition Data (Approx.)
Releasing overdrive control switch Battery voltage
A/T device M79 7 - Ground
Holding overdrive control switch 0V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T control device connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T control device connector M79 terminals 7 and 8.
Condition Continuity
Holding overdrive control switch Yes
Releasing overdrive control switch No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace overdrive control switch.

AT-178
 OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Harness for short or open between combination meter connector M23 terminal 20 and A/T control device
connector M79 terminal 7. B
● Harness for short or open between A/T control device connector M79 terminal 8 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. AT
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK COMBINATION METER D

Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG E
OK >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F

AT-179
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS PFP:00007

Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC GCS0007D

MCWA0238E

AT-180
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

AT

MCWA0207E

AT-181
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

MCWA0228E

AT-182
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Wire A
Terminal Item Condition Data (Approx.)
color
3 L CAN-H – –
K-line (CONSULT- B
4 GR The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II. –
II signal)
Selector lever in “R” position. 0V
Back-up lamp
7 LG
relay
AT
Selector lever in other positions. Battery voltage

8 P CAN-L – –
Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. Battery voltage D
9 BR Starter relay
Selector lever in other positions. 0V

E
OD OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On GCS0007E

SYMPTOM:
OD OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch ON.
F
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
G
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is a malfunction in the CAN communication indicated in the results? H
YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to AT-96, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
2. CHECK OD OFF INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
Check combination meter. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" .
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
K
3. CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check TCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AT-170, "MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- L
CUIT" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END M
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” or “N” Position GCS0007F

SYMPTOM:
● Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
● Engine can be started with selector lever in “R”, “D”, “3”, “2” or “1” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

AT-183
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

3. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Check starting system. Refer to SC-30, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed GCS0007G

SYMPTOM:
Even though selector lever is set in the “P” position, the parking mechanism is not actuated, allowing
the vehicle to be moved when it is pushed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

3. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS

Check parking components. Refer to AT-236, "Parking Components (2WD Models Only)" (2WD models), AT-
282, "DISASSEMBLY" (4WD models).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-
56, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58)

AT-184
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves GCS0007H

SYMPTOM: A
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure AT
Without CONSULT-II" .
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-104, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION D
SWITCH" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE E

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
G
3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.
I
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" . J
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-
56, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.60).

5. CHECK SYMPTOM L

Check again. Refer to AT-48, "Check at Idle" .

OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-185
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) GCS0007I

SYMPTOM:
A noticeable shock occurs when selector lever is shifted from the “N” to “D” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ENGINE IDLE SPEED

Check engine idle speed. Refer to EC-1027, "Basic Inspection" (for YD25DDTi engine), EC-69, "Idle Speed
and Ignition Timing Check" (for VQ40DE engine type 1*), EC-612, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check"
(for VQ40DE engine type 2*).
*: Refer to EC-15, "APPLICATION NOTICE" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust engine idle speed.
● Refer to EC-1027, "Basic Inspection" (for YD25DDTi engine), EC-65, "Basic Inspection" (for
VQ40DE engine type 1*), EC-608, "Basic Inspection" (for VQ40DE engine type 2*).
*: Refer to EC-15, "APPLICATION NOTICE" .

3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high: GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low: GO TO 7.

AT-186
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- E
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following. F
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

I
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM K

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.1). L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. M

10. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. Refer to AT-48, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK TCM

1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-187
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position GCS0007J

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not creep in the “R” position. Or an extreme lack of acceleration is observed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code"
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

4. CHECK STALL TEST

Check stall revolution with selector lever in “1” and “R” positions. Refer to AT-44, "STALL TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
OK in “1” position, NG in “R” position>>GO TO 5.
NG in both “1” and “R” positions>>GO TO 8.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
2. Check the following items:
– Reverse brake. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure with the engine idling. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 7.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 8.

AT-188
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- E
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following. F
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H

9. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

I
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 13.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM K

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.43). L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. M

11. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. Refer to AT-48, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.

12. CHECK TCM

1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-189
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position GCS0007K

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D” position.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

4. CHECK STALL TEST

Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-44, "STALL TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 7.

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.

AT-190
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following items:
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- E
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following. F
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

I
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM K

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.43). L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. M

10. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. Refer to AT-48, "Check at Idle" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK TCM

1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-191
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.43).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Vehicle Cannot Be Started from D1 GCS0007L

SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on “Cruise Test - Part 1” and “Cruise Test - Part 2”.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps in “R” position.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-188, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in “R” Position" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Check accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to AT-121, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position sensor.

4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.

AT-192
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen- E
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following. F
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

I
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM K

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.23). L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. M

10. CHECK SYMPTOM

Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-51, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK TCM

1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-193
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.23).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 GCS0007M

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from D1 to D2 gear at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" , AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-194
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . AT
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11. G

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

H
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM J

Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-51, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. CHECK TCM L

1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness M
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.10).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-195
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 GCS0007N

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from D2 to D3 gear at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" , AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-196
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . AT
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11. G

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

H
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM J

Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-51, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. CHECK TCM L

1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness M
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.11).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-197
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 GCS0007O

SYMPTOM:
The vehicle does not shift-up from D3 to D4 gear at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" , AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-198
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . AT
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 11. G

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

H
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. CHECK SYMPTOM J

Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-51, "Cruise Test - Part 2" .
OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. CHECK TCM L

1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness M
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.12).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-199
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 GCS0007P

SYMPTOM:
● The vehicle does not shift-up from D4 to D5 gear at the specified speed.
● The vehicle does not shift-up from D4 to D5 gear unless A/T is warmed up.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position and vehicle can be started from D1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refer to AT-190, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in “D” Position" , AT-192, "Vehicle Cannot Be
Started from D1" .

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

3. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT

Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-178, "OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Refill ATF.

5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-200
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . B
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" . AT
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 12. G

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

H
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

10. CHECK SYMPTOM J

Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .

OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK TCM L

1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness M
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.13).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-201
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up GCS0007Q

SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE

Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-45, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 4.
NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 5.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

1. Check control valve with TCM. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sen-
sor 2" .
2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
3. Check the following.
– Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-301, "Oil Pump" .
– Power train system. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
– Transmission case. Refer to AT-282, "DISASSEMBLY" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-202
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 10.
AT
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
D
tom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. E
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. CHECK SYMPTOM
F
Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END G
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. CHECK TCM H
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. I
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. J

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

K
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.24).
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition GCS0007R M
SYMPTOM:
The lock-up condition cannot be maintained for more than 30 seconds.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

AT-203
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.25).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-204
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Lock-up Is Not Released GCS0007S

SYMPTOM: A
The lock-up condition cannot be cancelled even after releasing accelerator pedal.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure AT
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95, D
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK SYMPTOM E

Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .

OK or NG F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
3. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness H
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Engine Speed Does Not Return to Idle GCS0007T
J
SYMPTOM:
When a shift-down is performed, the engine speed does not smoothly return to the idling speed.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE K

1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Refill ATF. M

2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 3.

AT-205
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 7.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.65).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-49, "Cruise Test - Part 1" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.65).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 5th Gear → 4th Gear GCS0007U

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from D5 to D4 position, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

AT-206
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

2. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT A

Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-178, "OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. B
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL AT

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE E

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .
G
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
H
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
I
NG >> GO TO 9.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

J
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-207
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.14).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 4th Gear → 3rd Gear GCS0007V

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from D4 to 33 position, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II"
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.

3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 8.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.
AT-208
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

7. CHECK TCM A
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. B
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

D
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.15).
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd Gear → 2nd Gear GCS0007W F
SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 33 to 22 position, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE G

1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure H
Without CONSULT-II" .
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95, I
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.
J
2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refill ATF.
L
3. CHECK CONTROL CABLE
Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 8.

AT-209
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.16).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd Gear → 1st Gear GCS0007X

SYMPTOM:
When shifted from 22 to 11 position, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II"
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT

Check 1st position switch circuit. Refer to AT-176, "1ST POSITION SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-210
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL A

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. B
NG >> Refill ATF.

4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE AT

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9. G

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

H
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM J

Check again. Refer to AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .

OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.
L
8. CHECK TCM
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness M
connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.17).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-211
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake GCS0007Y

SYMPTOM:
No engine brake is applied when the gear is shifted from the 22 to 11 gear.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-94, "Diagnostic Procedure
Without CONSULT-II"
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results?
YES >> Check malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-85, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-95,
"Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" .
NO >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK 1ST POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT

Check 1st position switch circuit. Refer to AT-176, "1ST POSITION SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL

Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T Fluid" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Refill ATF.

4. CHECK CONTROL CABLE

Check control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION

1. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-224, "Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-44, "A/T Fluid Condition Check" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 9.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.53).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again. Refer to AT-52, "Cruise Test - Part 3" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 8.

AT-212
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS

8. CHECK TCM A
1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to AT-81, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" .
2. If NG, recheck A/T assembly harness connector terminals for damage or loose connection with harness
connector. B
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM

D
Check malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-56, "Symp-
tom Chart" (Symptom No.53).
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

AT-213
 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:34901

Control Device Removal and Installation GCS0007Z

COMPONENTS

SCIA7212E

1. Selector button 2. Selector spring 3. Overdrive control switch

4. Lock pin 5. Selector lever knob 6. Position indicator plate
7. Control device assembly 8. A/T device harness connector 9. Shift lock solenoid and park posi-
tion switch assembly
10. Position lamp
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

AT-214
 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

REMOVAL
1. Remove knob cover (2) below selector lever knob (1) down- A
ward.
2. Pull lock pin (3) out of selector lever knob (1).
3. Remove selector lever knob (1) and knob cover (2). B
4. Remove center console. Refer to IP-16, "CENTER CONSOLE" .

AT

SCIA7296E
D

5. Disconnect A/T device harness connector (1).

6. Disconnect key interlock cable (4) from control device assembly. E
Refer to AT-222, "Removal and Installation" .
7. Remove lock plate (2) from control cable (3).
8. Disconnect control cable (3) from control device assembly. F

SCIA7297E

H
9. Remove control device assembly.
: Bolt (4)
I

K
SCIA7298E

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. L
● After installation is completed, adjust and check A/T position. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Posi-
tion" and AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
M

AT-215
 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

Control Cable Removal and Installation GCS00080

COMPONENTS

SCIA7295E

1. Control device assembly 2. A/T assembly 3. Manual lever

4. Lock plate 5. Bracket 6. Floor panel
7. Control cable 8. Lock plate
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect control cable from control device assembly. Refer to AT-214, "Control Device Removal and
Installation" .
2. Remove control cable from manual lever.
3. Remove lock plate from control cable.
4. Remove control cable from bracket.
5. Remove bracket from A/T assembly.
6. Remove manual lever from A/T assembly.

SCIA6784E

7. Remove control cable from floor panel.

SCIA6785E

INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
● After installation is completed, adjust and check A/T position. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Posi-
tion" and AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .

AT-216
 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM

Adjustment of A/T Position GCS00081

A
1. Loosen nut of control cable.
2. Place manual lever and selector lever in “P” position.
3. Push control cable in the direction shown with a force of 9.8 N (1
B
kg, 2.2 lb), release it. This is in the natural state, tighten nut to
the specified torque. Refer to AT-216, "COMPONENTS" .

AT

D
SCIA6789E

Checking of A/T Position GCS00082

E
1. Place selector lever in “P” position, and turn ignition switch ON (Do not start engine).
2. Check selector lever can be shifted to other than “P” position when brake pedal is depressed. Also check
selector lever can be shifted from “P” position only when brake pedal is depressed. F
3. Move selector lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle.
4. Check selector lever stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all the
positions. Check whether or not the actual position selector lever is in matches the position shown by the G
shift position indicator and the A/T body.
5. The method of operating the selector lever to individual posi-
tions correctly should be as shown in the figure. H
6. When selector button is pressed in “P”, “R”, or “N” position with-
out applying forward/backward force to selector lever, check but-
ton operation for sticking.
I
7. Check back-up lamps illuminate only when selector lever is
placed in the “R” position. Check back-up lamps does not illumi-
nate when selector lever is pushed against “R” position in the
“P” or “N” position. J
8. Check engine can only be started with selector lever in the “P”
and “N” positions. SCIA7316E

9. Check A/T is locked completely in “P” position. K

AT-217
 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM PFP:34950

Description GCS00083

● The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock:

With the ignition switch turned to ON, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other posi-
tion unless brake pedal is depressed.
With the key removed, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position.
The key cannot be removed unless selector lever is placed in “P” position.
● The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid
and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder, respectively.
Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location GCS00084

SCIA7299E

AT-218
 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Wiring Diagram — A/T — SHIFT GCS00085

AT

MCWA0239E

AT-219
 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

Diagnostic Procedure GCS00086

SYMPTOM 1:
● Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
● Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
● Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2:
● Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position.
● Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except “P” position.
1. CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check key interlock cable for damage.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace key interlock cable. Refer to AT-222, "Removal and Installation" .

2. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION

Check selector lever position for damage. Refer to AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-217, "Adjustment of A/T Position" .

3. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH

1. Connect A/T device harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
3. Selector lever is set in “P” position.
4. Check operation.
Condition Brake pedal Operation

When ignition switch is turned to ON and selector lever is Depressed Yes

set in “P” position. Released No
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK POWER SOURCE

1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between A/T device harness connector M79 ter-
minal 1 and ground.
Condition Brake pedal Data (Approx.)
Depressed Battery voltage
When ignition switch is turned to ON.
Released 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SCIA2122E

AT-220
 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

5. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector B
E109 terminals 3 and 4.
Condition Continuity
AT
When brake pedal is depressed Yes
When brake pedal is released No

Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to D

BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E
SCIA2126E

NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM F

Check following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and stop lamp switch harness connector E109 terminal G
3.
● Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector E109 terminal 4 and A/T device
harness connector M79 terminal 1.
H
● 10 A fuse [No.12, located in fuse block (J/B)].
● Ignition switch.
OK or NG I
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T device harness connector. K
3. Check continuity between A/T device harness connector M79
terminal 2 and ground.
L
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace shift lock solenoid and park position switch M
assembly.
NG >> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.

SCIA2125E

AT-221
 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE

KEY INTERLOCK CABLE PFP:34908

Removal and Installation GCS00087

COMPONENTS

SCIA6791E

CAUTION:
● Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or inter-
ference with adjacent parts.
● After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are
firmly secured in their positions. If casing cap can be removed with an external load of less than
39 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace key interlock cable with new one.

AT-222
 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE

REMOVAL
1. Remove center console. Refer to IP-16, "CENTER CONSOLE" . A
2. Remove lower instrument panel RH and cluster lid A. Refer to IP-12, "LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL LH"
, IP-15, "LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL RH AND GLOVE BOX" , IP-10, "INSTRUMENT PANEL" .
3. Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster B
holder.
4. Remove casing cap from bracket of control device assembly
and remove interlock rod from adjuster holder. AT

SCIA6793E
E

5. Remove holder from key cylinder and remove key interlock

cable. F

SCIA6900E

I
INSTALLATION
1. Set key interlock cable to key cylinder and install holder.
2. Turn ignition key to lock position. J
3. Set selector lever to “P” position.

SCIA6900E

M
4. Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder.
5. Install casing cap to bracket.
6. Move slider in order to secure adjuster holder to interlock rod.
CAUTION:
Do not touch any other areas than slider or apply any force
to slider except in the sliding direction.
7. Install lower instrument panel RH and cluster lid A. Refer to IP-
12, "LOWER INSTRUMENT PANEL LH" , IP-15, "LOWER
INSTRUMENT PANEL RH AND GLOVE BOX" , IP-10,
"INSTRUMENT PANEL" . SCIA1232E
8. Install center console. Refer to IP-16, "CENTER CONSOLE" .

AT-223
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

ON-VEHICLE SERVICE PFP:00000

Control Valve With TCM and A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor 2 GCS00088

COMPONENTS

SCIA5478E

1. A/T 2. Snap ring 3. Sub-harness

4. Control valve with TCM 5. Bracket 6. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
7. Oil pan gasket 8. Oil pan 9. Magnet
10. Drain plug 11. Drain plug gasket 12. Oil pan mounting bolt
13. Terminal cord assembly 14. O-ring

AT-224
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

CONTROL VALVE WITH TCM REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal A
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Drain ATF through drain hole.
B
3. Remove control cable from A/T assembly. Refer to AT-216, "COMPONENTS" .
4. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
5. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector. AT

SCIA5021E
F
6. Push A/T assembly harness connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector. G

I
SCIA5022E

7. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket. J

SCIA2308E
M

8. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of

malfunction. If the ATF is very dark, smell burned or contains
foreign particles, friction material (clutches, band) may need
replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates var-
nish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to
stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
● If friction material is detected, replace radiator after repair
of A/T. Refer to CO-40, "RADIATOR" (for YD25DDTi
engine) or CO-13, "RADIATOR" (for VQ40DE engine).

SCIA5199E

AT-225
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

9. Remove magnets from oil pan.

SCIA5200E

10. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5023E

11. Straighten terminal clip to free terminal cord assembly A/T fluid
temperature sensor 2 harness.

SCIA5446E

12. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5024E

13. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.

SCIA7022E

AT-226
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

14. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM.

A
Bolt symbol Length [mm (in)] Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6 B
C 40 (1.57) 1

AT

SCIA5139E
D
15. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.
CAUTION:
When removing, be careful with the manual valve notch and E
manual plate height. Remove it vertically.

G
SCIA5142E

16. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con- H
trol valve with TCM.

SCIA5301E K

17. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.

L

SCIA5264E

18. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5155E

AT-227
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

19. Disconnect TCM connectors.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5447E

20. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve

with TCM using flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA5448E

21. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch

connector
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5449E

Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T
Fluid" .
1. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch con-
nector.

SCIA5449E

AT-228
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

2. Install A/T assembly harness connector to control valve with

TCM. A

AT

SCIA5450E

D
3. Connect TCM connectors.

G
SCIA5447E

4. Install O-ring in A/T assembly harness connector. H

SCIA5155E
K
5. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

6. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control

valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 mount-
ing bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-224, "COMPO-
NENTS" .
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with
TCM.

SCIA5301E

AT-229
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

7. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case.

CAUTION:
● Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs
turbine revolution sensor hole.
● Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so
as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM.
● Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.

SCIA5034E

● Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with

manual plate projection.

SCIA5142E

8. Install bolts A, B and C in control valve with TCM.

Bolt symbol Length [mm (in)] Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1

SCIA5139E

9. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After

that tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other
bolts. Tighten control valve with TCM mounting bolts to the
specified torque. Refer to AT-224, "COMPONENTS" .

SCIA5140E

AT-230
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

10. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

A

AT

SCIA5023E

D
11. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera-
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clips.
E

G
SCIA5446E

12. Connect revolution sensor connector. H

SCIA5024E
K
13. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clips.

SCIA7022E

14. Install magnets onto oil pan.

SCIA5200E

AT-231
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

15. Install oil pan to transmission case.

a. Install oil pan gasket to oil pan.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket.

● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface.

b. Install oil pan (with oil pan gasket) to transmission case.

CAUTION:
● Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as
shown in the figure.
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.

from oil pan mounting surface.

SCIA2308E

c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numeri-

cal order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
Refer to AT-224, "COMPONENTS"
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts.
16. Install drain plug gasket and drain plug to oil pan, and then
tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-224,
"COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
SCIA4113E

17. Pull up A/T assembly harness connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5038E

18. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector.

19. Connect A/T assembly harness connector.
20. Install control cable to A/T assembly. Refer to AT-216, "COMPO-
NENTS" .
21. Pour ATF into A/T assembly. Refer to AT-10, "Changing A/T
Fluid" .
22. Connect the battery cable from the negative terminal.

SCIA5039E

AT-232
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal A
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Drain ATF through drain hole.
B
3. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.

AT

E
SCIA2308E

4. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine cause of

malfunction. If the ATF is very dark, smell burned or contains F
foreign particles, friction material (clutches, band) may need
replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates var-
nish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to G
stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
● If friction material is detected, replace radiator after repair
of A/T. Refer to CO-40, "RADIATOR" (for YD25DDTi
H
engine) or CO-13, "RADIATOR" (for VQ40DE engine).

SCIA5199E
I
5. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector. J

L
SCIA5023E

6. Straighten terminal clip to free A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 M

harness.

SCIA5146E

AT-233
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

7. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-

trol valve with TCM.

SCIA5253E

8. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.

SCIA5264E

Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking
A/T Fluid" .
1. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

2. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control

valve with TCM. Tighten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 mount-
ing bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-224, "COMPO-
NENTS" .

SCIA5253E

AT-234
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

3. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

A

AT

SCIA5023E

D
4. Securely fasten A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness with ter-
minal clip.
E

G
SCIA5146E

5. Install oil pan to transmission case. H

a. Install oil pan gasket to oil pan.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket.
I
● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface.

J
b. Install oil pan (with oil pan gasket) to transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as
shown in the figure. K
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.

L
from oil pan mounting surface.

M
SCIA2308E

c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numeri-

cal order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
Refer to AT-224, "COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts.
6. Install drain plug gasket and drain plug to oil pan, and then
tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-224,
"COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
SCIA4113E
7. Pour ATF into A/T assembly. Refer to AT-10, "Changing A/T
Fluid" .
8. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal.

AT-235
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Parking Components (2WD Models Only) GCS00089

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Components

SCIA7030E

1. Rear oil seal 2. Rear extension 3. Parking actuator support

4. Return spring 5. Parking pawl 6. Pawl shaft
7. Self-sealing bolt 8. Seal ring 9. Parking gear
10. Output shaft 11. Bearing race 12. Needle bearing
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
*: Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent.

Removal
1. Drain ATF through drain hole.
2. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove control cable from A/T assembly. Refer to AT-216, "Control Cable Removal and Installation" .
4. Support A/T assembly using a transmission jack.
CAUTION:
When setting transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug.
5. Remove A/T cross member. Refer to AT-254, "Removal and Installation (YD25DDTi Models)" (for
YD25DDTi engine) or AT-258, "Removal and Installation (VQ40DE Models)" (for VQ40DE engine).
6. Remove engine mounting insulator (rear). Refer to AT-254, "Removal and Installation (YD25DDTi Mod-
els)" (for YD25DDTi engine) or AT-258, "Removal and Installation (VQ40DE Models)" (for VQ40DE
engine).

AT-236
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

7. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans-

mission case. A
● Self-sealing bolt (1)

: Bolt (10)
B

AT

SCIA7176J

D
8. Tap rear extension assembly with a soft hammer.

G
SCIA3432E

9. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With H

needle bearing.)

SCIA3431E
K
10. Remove bearing race from output shaft.

SCIA5245E

11. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/

right.

SCIA5246E

AT-237
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

12. Remove parking gear from output shaft.

SCIA5247E

13. Remove seal rings from output shaft.

SCIA5209E

14. Remove needle bearing (1) from rear extension.

SCIA6179J

15. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension.

SCIA3423E

16. Remove parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft from
rear extension.

SCIA3424E

AT-238
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

17. Remove return spring (1) from parking pawl (2).

A

AT

SCIA6180J
D
18. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear extension. E

G
SCIA3524E

Inspection
H
● If the contact surface on parking actuator support, parking pawl,
etc. has excessive wear, abrasion, bend, or any other damage,
replace the components.
I

K
SCIA5143E

SCIA5144E

AT-239
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Installation
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage, A/T fluid level and A/T position. Refer to AT-11,
"Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
1. As shown in the figure, use a drift to drive rear oil seal into the
rear extension until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Apply ATF to rear oil seal.

● Do not reuse rear oil seal.

SCIA6694E

2. Install return spring (1) to parking pawl (2).

SCIA6180J

3. Install parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft to rear
extension.

SCIA3424E

4. Install parking actuator support to rear extension.

SCIA3423E

AT-240
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

5. Install needle bearing (1) to rear extension.

A

AT

SCIA6179J

D
6. Install seal rings to output shaft.

G
SCIA5209E

7. Install parking gear to output shaft H

SCIA5247E
K
8. Install output shaft in transmission case.

SCIA5246E

9. Install bearing race to output shaft.

SCIA5245E

AT-241
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

10. Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent to

rear extension assembly as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
from the transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA4934E

11. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case. (With nee-

dle bearing.)
CAUTION:
Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pawl and
the parking actuator support when assembling the rear
extension assembly.

SCIA3431E

12. Tighten rear extension assembly bolts to the specified torque.

Refer to AT-236, "Components" .
● Self-sealing bolt (1)

: Bolt (10)

SCIA7176J

13. Install engine mounting insulator (rear). Refer to AT-254, "Removal and Installation (YD25DDTi Models)"
(for YD25DDTi engine) or AT-258, "Removal and Installation (VQ40DE Models)" (for VQ40DE engine).
14. Install A/T cross member. Refer to AT-254, "Removal and Installation (YD25DDTi Models)" (for
YD25DDTi engine) or AT-258, "Removal and Installation (VQ40DE Models)" (for VQ40DE engine).
15. Install control cable to A/T assembly. Refer to AT-216, "Control Cable Removal and Installation" .
16. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installation" .
17. Install drain plug gasket and drain plug to oil pan. Tighten a necessary drain plug with specified torque.
Refer to AT-224, "COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
18. Pour ATF into A/T assembly. Refer to AT-10, "Changing A/T Fluid" .

AT-242
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Rear Oil Seal GCS0008A

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

Removal
1. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and
Installation" . B
2. Remove front propeller shaft (4WD models). Refer to PR-4,
"Removal and Installation" .
3. Remove transfer assembly from A/T assembly (4WD models). AT
Refer to TF-116, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Remove rear oil seal using a flat-bladed screwdriver.
CAUTION: D
Be careful not to scratch rear extension assembly (2WD
models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models).
E

H
SCIA5254E

Installation I
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking
A/T Fluid" . J
1. As shown in the figure, use the drift to drive rear oil seal into rear
extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly
(4WD models) until it is flush.
K
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse rear oil seal.

● Apply ATF to rear oil seal.

L
2. Install transfer assembly to A/T assembly (4WD models). Refer
to TF-116, "Removal and Installation" .
3. Install front propeller shaft (4WD models). Refer to PR-4,
M
"Removal and Installation" .
4. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installa-
tion" .

SCIA7121E

AT-243
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Revolution Sensor Components (2WD Models Only) GCS0008B

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Components

SCIA7075E

1. Rear extension 2. A/T 3. Revolution sensor

4. Oil pan gasket 5. Oil pan 6. Oil pan mounting bolt
7. Drain plug gasket 8. Drain plug 9. Self-sealing bolt
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
* Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent.
:

Removal
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Drain ATF through drain hole.
3. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installation" .
4. Remove control cable from A/T assembly. Refer to AT-216, "Control Cable Removal and Installation" .

AT-244
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

5. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.

A

AT

SCIA2308E

D
6. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of
malfunction. If the ATF is very dark, smells burned, or contains
foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may
E
need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates
varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches
to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
● If friction material is detected, replace radiator after repair F
of A/T. Refer to CO-40, "RADIATOR" (for YD25DDTi
engine) or CO-13, "RADIATOR" (for VQ40DE engine).
7. Support A/T assembly using a transmission jack. G
CAUTION: SCIA5199E

When setting transmission jack, place wooden blocks to

prevent from damaging control valve with TCM and transmission case. H
8. Remove A/T cross member. Refer to AT-254, "Removal and Installation (YD25DDTi Models)" (for
YD25DDTi engine) or AT-258, "Removal and Installation (VQ40DE Models)" (for VQ40DE engine).
9. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans- I
mission case.
● Self-sealing bolt (1)

: Bolt (10) J

SCIA7176J L

10. Tap rear extension assembly with a soft hammer.

M

SCIA3432E

AT-245
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

11. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With

needle bearing.)

SCIA3431E

12. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector

SCIA5024E

13. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.

SCIA7022E

14. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.

CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front

edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

SCIA3997E

AT-246
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

Installation
CAUTION: A
After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage, A/T fluid level and A/T position. Refer to AT-11,
"Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .
1. Install revolution sensor in transmission case. Tighten a neces- B
sary bolt for revolution sensor with specified torque. Refer to AT-
244, "REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION" .
CAUTION: AT
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front D

edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

SCIA3997E E

2. Connect revolution sensor connector.

F

SCIA5024E

I
3. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with clips.

L
SCIA7022E

4. Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent to

rear extension assembly as shown in the figure. M
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
from the transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA4934E

AT-247
 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE

5. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case. (With nee-

dle bearing.)
CAUTION:
Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pole and
the parking actuator support when assembling the rear
extension assembly.

SCIA3431E

6. Tighten rear extension assembly bolts to the specified torque.

Refer to AT-244, "Components" .
● Self-sealing bolt (1)

: Bolt (10)
7. Install A/T cross member. Refer to AT-254, "Removal and Instal-
lation (YD25DDTi Models)" (for YD25DDTi engine) or AT-258,
"Removal and Installation (VQ40DE Models)" (for VQ40DE
engine).
8. Install oil pan to transmission case.
a. Install oil pan gasket to oil pan. SCIA7176J

CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket.

● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface.

b. Install oil pan (with oil pan gasket) to transmission case.

CAUTION:
● Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as
shown in the figure.
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.

from oil pan mounting surface.

SCIA2308E

c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numeri-

cal order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
Refer to AT-244, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts.
9. Install drain plug gasket and drain plug to oil pan, and then
tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-244,
"Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
SCIA4113E
10. Install control cable to A/T assembly. Refer to AT-216, "Control
Cable Removal and Installation" .
11. Install rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installation" .
12. Pour ATF into A/T assembly. Refer to AT-10, "Changing A/T Fluid" .
13. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal.

AT-248
 AIR BREATHER HOSE

AIR BREATHER HOSE PFP:31098

A
Removal and Installation GCS0008C

YD25DDTI MODELS
Refer to the figure below for A/T air breather hose removal and installation procedure. B

AT

J
SCIA7258E

1. Air breather tube bracket 2. Clip 3. Bracket

4. A/T air breather hose 5. Air breather tube K
A. Paint mark
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

CAUTION: L
● When installing A/T air breather hose, do not to crush or block by folding or bending the hose.
● When inserting A/T air breather hose to air breather tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end
reaches the tube bend portion. M
● Install A/T air breather hose to air breather tube so that the paint mark is facing upward.
● Ensure clips are securely installed to brackets when installing A/T air breather hose to brackets.
● Install A/T air breather hose (1) to A/T breather tube bracket
(2) so that the paint mark (A) is facing upward as shown in
the figure.
NOTE:
● The paint mark (A) on A/T air breather hose (1) indicates “1”.
● The paint mark (A) on transfer control device air breather hose
(3) indicates “2”. (4WD models)
● The paint mark (A) on transfer air breather hose (4) indicates
“3”. (4WD models)
SCIA7312E

AT-249
 AIR BREATHER HOSE

VQ40DE MODELS
Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure.

SCIA7122E

1. Air breather tube bracket 2. Bracket 3. Clip

4. A/T air breather hose 5. Air breather tube
A. Paint mark
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

CAUTION:
● When installing A/T air breather hose, do not to crush or block by folding or bending the hose.
● When inserting A/T air breather hose to air breather tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end
reaches the tube bend portion.
● Install A/T air breather hose to air breather tube so that the paint mark is facing upward.
● Ensure clips are securely installed to brackets when installing A/T air breather hose to brackets.
● Install A/T air breather hose (1) to air breather tube bracket
(2) so that the paint mark (A) is facing upward as shown in
the figure.
NOTE:
● The paint mark (A) on A/T air breather hose (1) indicates “1”.
● The paint mark (A) on transfer control device air breather hose
(3) indicates “2”. (4WD models)
● The paint mark (A) on transfer air breather hose (4) indicates
“3”. (4WD models)
SCIA7123E

AT-250
 A/T FLUID COOLER

A/T FLUID COOLER PFP:21600

A
Removal and Installation GCS0008D

COMPONENTS
B

AT

SCIA7214E
K
1. Radiator core support lower 2. Hose clamp 3. A/T fluid cooler hose (fluid cooler
tube to A/T)
4. Fluid cooler tube 5. A/T fluid cooler hose (lower) 6. A/T fluid cooler hose (upper) L
7. A/T fluid cooler hose (radiator to 8. A/T fluid cooler 9. Radiator
fluid cooler tube)
M
REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper. Refer to EI-15, "Removal and Installation" .
2. Remove A/T fluid cooler hose (upper) and A/T fluid cooler hose
(lower) from A/T fluid cooler.

SCIA6897E

AT-251
 A/T FLUID COOLER

3. Pull A/T fluid cooler (1) toward the front of the vehicle to release
from radiator core support lower (2), and then slide A/T fluid
cooler (1) downward to remove radiator (3).

SCIA7257E

INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
After completing installation, check for A/T fluid leakage and fluid level. Refer to AT-11, "Checking A/T
Fluid" .
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
Hose name Hose end Paint mark Position of hose clamp*

A/T fluid cooler hose (fluid cooler A/T side Facing upward A
tube to A/T) Fluid cooler tube side Facing to the right of the vehicle B
A/T fluid cooler side Facing upward B
A/T fluid cooler hose (lower)
Fluid cooler tube side Facing upward C
A/T fluid cooler side Facing upward B
A/T fluid cooler hose (upper)
Fluid cooler tube side Facing upward A

A/T fluid cooler hose (radiator to fluid Radiator side Facing upward D
cooler tube) Fluid cooler tube side Facing upward E
*: Refer to the illustrations for the specific position each hose clamp tab.

● The illustrations indicate the view from the hose ends.

● When installing hose clamps center line of each clamp tab
should be positioned as shown in the figure.

SCIA6914E

AT-252
 A/T FLUID COOLER

● Set hose clamps at 5 - 9 mm (0.20 - 0.35 in) from the edge of A/

T fluid cooler hose. A
Distance “A”: 5 - 9 mm (0.20 - 0.35 in)
● Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of A/T fluid
cooler tube. B

AT

SCIA6919E

D
● Insert A/T fluid cooler hose (1) 30 - 33 mm (1.18 - 1.30 in) from
the end of A/T fluid cooler tube (2).
Distance “A”: 30 - 33 mm (1.18 - 1.30 in) E

G
SCIA7203E

AT-253
 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY PFP:31020

Removal and Installation (YD25DDTi Models) GCS0008E

COMPONENTS
2WD models

SCIA7419E

1. Self-sealing bolt 2. Engine mounting insulator (rear) 3. A/T cross member

4. Copper washer 5. Fluid cooler tube 6. Bracket
7. Front cross member 8. A/T assembly 9. O-ring
10. A/T fluid charging pipe 11. A/T fluid level gauge
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
: For tightening torque, refer to AT-257, "INSTALLATION" .

AT-254
 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

4WD models
A

AT

J
SCIA7125E

1. Self-sealing bolt 2. Engine mounting insulator (rear) 3. A/T cross member

4. Copper washer 5. Fluid cooler tube 6. Front cross member
K
7. Bracket 8. A/T assembly 9. O-ring
10. A/T fluid charging pipe 11. A/T fluid level gauge
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" . L
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
: For tightening torque, refer to AT-257, "INSTALLATION" .
M
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
When removing A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/
T assembly.
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Remove engine cover. Refer to EM-164, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
3. Remove A/T fluid level gauge.

AT-255
 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

4. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the A/T assem-

bly.
CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front

edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

5. Remove front spoiler center and front engine undercover. Refer

to EI-15, "FRONT BUMPER" . SCIA6827E

6. Remove front cross member.

7. Remove main muffler. Refer to EX-3, "Components (YD Engine Models)" .
8. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installation" .
9. Remove front propeller shaft. (4WD models) Refer to PR-4, "Removal and Installation" .
10. Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-37, "REMOVAL (YD ENGINE MODELS)" .
11. Remove control cable and bracket. Refer to AT-216, "Control Cable Removal and Installation" .
12. Disconnect fluid cooler tube.
13. Remove A/T fluid charging pipe from A/T assembly.
14. Remove O-ring from A/T fluid charging pipe.
15. Plug up openings such as A/T fluid charging pipe hole, etc.
16. Remove rear plate cover from rear plate.
17. Turn crankshaft to access and remove the four bolts for drive
plate and torque converter.
CAUTION:
When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of engine.
18. Support A/T assembly using a transmission jack.
CAUTION:
When setting transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to
collide against drain plug.
SCIA6828E

19. Remove protector (fuel tube), and then disconnect fuel tubes.
(4WD models) Refer to FL-19, "FUEL COOLER" .
20. Remove A/T cross member.
21. Remove engine mounting insulator (rear) from A/T assembly.
22. Disconnect the following:
● A/T assembly harness connector

● ATP switch connector (4WD models)

● 4LO switch connector (4WD models)

● Wait detection switch connector (4WD models)

SCIA6927E
● Transfer control device connector (4WD models)

23. Support transfer assembly using a transmission jack. (4WD models)

24. Remove the wiring harness from bracket.
25. Remove bolts fixing A/T assembly to engine assembly.

AT-256
 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

26. Remove A/T assembly from the vehicle.

CAUTION: A
● Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.

● Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack.

27. Remove A/T air breather hose. Refer to AT-249, "YD25DDTI B

MODELS" .
28. Remove transfer assembly from A/T assembly. (4WD models)
Refer to TF-116, "Removal and Installation" . AT

SCIA2203E

D
INSPECTION
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter
● After inserting a torque converter to a A/T, be sure to check dis- E
tance “A” to ensure it is within the reference value limit.
Distance “A”: 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more
F

SCIA5694E H
INSTALLATION
Install the removed parts in the reverse order of the removal, while paying attention to the following work.
● When installing A/T assembly to engine assembly, tighten bolts I
to the specified torque using sequence shown.
Bolt No. 1 2* J
Number of bolts 9 1
Tightening torque
44 (4.5, 32)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) K
*: Tightening the bolt with air breather tube bracket.

L
SCIA7217E

● Align the positions of tightening bolts for drive plate with those of
M
the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then,
tighten the bolts with the specified torque. Refer to AT-254,
"COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
● When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of engine.
● When tightening the tightening bolts for the torque con-
verter after fixing the crankshaft pulley bolts, be sure to
confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley
mounting bolts. Refer to EM-229, "INSTALLATION" . SCIA6828E

● After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft

several turns and check to be sure that A/T rotates freely without binding.
● Install crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-180, "Components" .
● After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage, A/T fluid level, and A/T positions of A/T. Refer to AT-
11, "Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .

AT-257
 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

Removal and Installation (VQ40DE Models) GCS0009O

COMPONENTS
2WD models

SCIA7425E

1. A/T fluid charging pipe 2. Self-sealing bolt 3. O-ring

4. Engine mounting insulator (rear) 5. A/T cross member 6. Copper washer
7. Bracket 8. Fluid cooler tube 9. Front cross member
10. A/T assembly 11. A/T fluid level gauge
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
: For tightening torque, refer to AT-261, "INSTALLATION" .

AT-258
 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

4WD models
A

AT

J
SCIA7420E

1. Self-sealing bolt 2. Engine mounting insulator (rear) 3. A/T cross member

4. Copper washer 5. Fluid cooler tube 6. Bracket
K
7. Front cross member 8. A/T assembly 9. O-ring
10. A/T fluid charging pipe 11. A/T fluid level gauge
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" . L
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
: For tightening torque, refer to AT-261, "INSTALLATION" .
M
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from
A/T assembly.
1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.
2. Remove A/T fluid level gauge.
3. Remove the LH fender protector.

AT-259
 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

4. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the A/T assem-

bly.
CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front

edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

5. Remove from spoiler center and front engine undercover. Refer

to EI-15, "FRONT BUMPER" . LCIA0367E

6. Remove front cross member.

7. Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-36, "REMOVAL (VQ ENGINE MODELS)" .
8. Remove rear propeller shaft. Refer to PR-8, "Removal and Installation" .
9. Remove front propeller shaft. (4WD models) Refer to PR-4, "Removal and Installation" .
10. Remove left and right exhaust front tubes. Refer to EX-2, "Components (VQ Engine Models)" .
11. Remove control cable and bracket. Refer to AT-216, "Control Cable Removal and Installation" .
12. Disconnect fluid cooler tube.
13. Remove rear cover plate.
14. Turn the crankshaft to access and remove the four bolts for drive
plate and torque converter.
CAUTION:
When turning the crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed
from the front of the engine.
15. Support A/T assembly using a transmission jack.
CAUTION:
When setting transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to
collide against drain plug.
16. Remove A/T cross member. LCIA0335E
17. Remove engine mounting insulator (rear) from A/T assembly.
18. Tilt the A/T slightly to gain clearance between the body and the A/T, then disconnect the air breather
hoses. Refer to AT-250, "VQ40DE MODELS" .
19. Disconnect the following:
● A/T assembly harness connector

● Transfer control device connector (4WD models)

● Wait detection switch connector (4WD models)

● ATP switch connector (4WD models)

● 4LO switch connector (4WD models)

20. Support transfer assembly using a transmission jack. (4WD models)

21. Remove the wiring harness from the retainers.
22. Remove A/T fluid charging pipe from A/T assembly.
23. Remove O-ring from A/T fluid charging pipe.
24. Plug up openings such as A/T fluid charging pipe hole, etc.
25. Remove bolts fixing A/T assembly to engine assembly.

AT-260
 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY

26. Remove A/T assembly with transfer from the vehicle.

CAUTION: A
● Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping.

● Secure the A/T assembly to a transmission jack.

27. Remove transfer from A/T assembly. (4WD models) Refer to TF- B
116, "Removal and Installation" .

AT

SCIA2203E

D
INSPECTION
Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter
● After inserting a torque converter to a A/T, be sure to check dis- E
tance “A” to ensure it is within the reference value limit.
Distance “A”: 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more
F

SCIA5694E H
INSTALLATION
Install the removed parts in the reverse order of the removal, while paying attention to the following work.
● When installing A/T assembly to engine assembly, tighten bolts I
to the specified torque using sequence shown.
Transmission bolts: 75 N·m (7.7 kg-m, 55 ft-lb) J

L
LCIA0370E

● Align the positions of tightening bolts for drive plate with those of
the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts, and then M
tighten the bolts with the specified torque. Refer to AT-258,
"COMPONENTS" .
CAUTION:
● When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from
the front of engine.
● When tightening the tightening bolts for the torque con-
verter after fixing the crankshaft pulley bolts, be sure to
confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley
mounting bolts. Refer to EM-62, "INSTALLATION" . LCIA0335E

● After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft

several turns and check to be sure that A/T rotates freely without binding.
● Install crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-28, "Components" .
● After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage, A/T fluid level, and A/T positions of A/T. Refer to AT-
11, "Checking A/T Fluid" , AT-217, "Checking of A/T Position" .

AT-261
 OVERHAUL

OVERHAUL PFP:00000

Components GCS0008F

YD25DDTi models

SCIA7069E

AT-262
 OVERHAUL

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring

4. Oil pump housing 5. Self-sealing bolt 6. Torque converter
A
7. Converter housing 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 9. Bearing race
10. Needle bearing 11. O-ring 12. Front carrier assembly
B
13. Needle bearing 14. Snap ring 15. Front sun gear
16. 3rd one-way clutch 17. Snap ring 18. Bearing race
19. Needle bearing 20. Seal ring 21. Input clutch assembly
AT
22. Needle bearing 23. Rear internal gear 24. Brake band
25. Mid carrier assembly 26. Needle bearing 27. Bearing race
28. Rear carrier assembly 29. Needle bearing 30. Mid sun gear
D
31. Seal ring 32. Rear sun gear 33. 1st one-way clutch
34. Snap ring 35. Needle bearing 36. High and low reverse clutch hub
37. Snap ring 38. Bearing race 39. Needle bearing
E
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
: Apply Liquid Gasket (Three Bond 1215) or equivalent.
F

AT-263
 OVERHAUL

VQ40DE models

SCIA7040E

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring

4. Oil pump housing 5. Self-sealing bolt 6. Torque converter

AT-264
 OVERHAUL

7. Converter housing 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 9. Bearing race

10. Needle bearing 11. O-ring 12. Front carrier assembly A
13. Needle bearing 14. Snap ring 15. Front sun gear
16. 3rd one-way clutch 17. Snap ring 18. Bearing race
19. Needle bearing 20. Seal ring 21. Input clutch assembly B
22. Needle bearing 23. Rear internal gear 24. Brake band
25. Mid carrier assembly 26. Needle bearing 27. Bearing race
28. Rear carrier assembly 29. Needle bearing 30. Mid sun gear
AT
31. Seal ring 32. Rear sun gear 33. 1st one-way clutch
34. Snap ring 35. Needle bearing 36. High and low reverse clutch hub
37. Snap ring 38. Bearing race 39. Needle bearing
D
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
E
: Apply Liquid Gasket (Three Bond 1215) or equivalent.

AT-265
 OVERHAUL

YD25DDTi models

SCIA5181E

1. Bearing race 2. High and low reverse clutch assembly 3. Needle bearing
4. Direct clutch assembly 5. Needle bearing 6. Reverse brake dish plate

AT-266
 OVERHAUL

7. Reverse brake driven plate 8. N-spring 9. Snap ring

10. Reverse brake retaining plate 11. Reverse brake drive plate 12. Snap ring A
13. Spring retainer 14. Return spring 15. Reverse brake piston
16. D-ring 17. D-ring
B

AT

AT-267
 OVERHAUL

VQ40DE models

SCIA6419E

1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. High and low reverse clutch assembly
4. Needle bearing 5. Direct clutch assembly 6. Reverse brake dish plate

AT-268
 OVERHAUL

7. Reverse brake driven plate 8. N-spring 9. Reverse brake drive plate

10. Reverse brake retaining plate 11. Snap ring 12. D-ring A
13. D-ring 14. Reverse brake piston 15. Return spring
16. Spring retainer 17. Snap ring
B

AT

AT-269
 OVERHAUL

2WD models

SCIA7253E

1. Rear oil seal 2. Self-sealing bolt 3. Rear extension

4. Parking actuator support 5. Parking pawl 6. Return spring

AT-270
 OVERHAUL

7. Pawl shaft 8. Seal ring 9. Needle bearing

10. Revolution sensor 11. Parking gear 12. Output shaft A
13. Bearing race 14. Needle bearing 15. Manual plate
16. Parking rod 17. Manual shaft oil seal 18. Manual shaft
19. O-ring 20. Band servo anchor end pin 21. Detent spring B
22. Spacer 23. Seal ring 24. Snap ring
25. Return spring 26. O-ring 27. Servo assembly
28. Snap ring 29. Sub-harness 30. Control valve with TCM
AT
31. Bracket 32. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 33. Oil pan
34. Magnet 35. Drain plug 36. Drain plug gasket
37. Oil pan mounting bolt 38. Oil pan gasket 39. Terminal cord assembly
D
40. O-ring 41. Retaining pin 42. Transmission case
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .
E
However, refer to the following symbols for others.
* Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent.
:

AT-271
 OVERHAUL

YD25DDTi models for 4WD

SCIA7313E

1. Rear oil seal 2. Adapter case 3. Parking actuator support

4. Parking pawl 5. Return spring 6. Pawl shaft

AT-272
 OVERHAUL

7. Self-sealing bolt 8. Seal ring 9. Needle bearing

10. Gasket 11. Revolution sensor 12. Parking gear A
13. Output shaft 14. Bearing race 15. Needle bearing
16. Manual plate 17. Parking rod 18. Manual shaft oil seal
19. Manual shaft 20. O-ring 21. Band servo anchor end pin B
22. Detent spring 23. Spacer 24. Seal ring
25. Return spring 26. O-ring 27. Servo assembly
28. Snap ring 29. Snap ring 30. Sub-harness
AT
31. Control valve with TCM 32. Bracket 33. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2
34. Oil pan 35. Magnet 36. Drain plug
37. Drain plug gasket 38. Oil pan mounting bolt 39. Oil pan gasket
D
40. Terminal cord assembly 41. O-ring 42. Retaining pin
43. Transmission case
E
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

AT-273
 OVERHAUL

VQ40DE models for 4WD

SCIA7445E

1. Rear oil seal 2. Bracket 3. Adapter case

4. Parking actuator support 5. Parking pawl 6. Return spring

AT-274
 OVERHAUL

7. Pawl shaft 8. Self-sealing bolt 9. Seal ring

10. Needle bearing 11. Gasket 12. Revolution sensor A
13. Parking gear 14. Output shaft 15. Bearing race
16. Needle bearing 17. Manual plate 18. Parking rod
19. Manual shaft oil seal 20. Manual shaft 21. O-ring B
22. Band servo anchor end pin 23. Detent spring 24. Spacer
25. Seal ring 26. Snap ring 27. Return spring
28. O-ring 29. Servo assembly 30. Snap ring
AT
31. Sub-harness 32. Control valve with TCM 33. Bracket
34. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 35. Oil pan 36. Magnet
37. Drain plug 38. Drain plug gasket 39. Oil pan mounting bolt
D
40. Oil pan gasket 41. Terminal cord assembly 42. O-ring
43. Retaining pin 44. Transmission case
E
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

AT-275
 OVERHAUL

Oil Channel GCS0008G

2WD models

SCIA5185E

AT-276
OVERHAUL

4WD models
A

AT

SCIA5189E

AT-277
 OVERHAUL

Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap

Rings GCS0008H

YD25DDTi models for 2WD

SCIA7317E

AT-278
 OVERHAUL

VQ40DE models for 2WD

A

AT

SCIA7409E

AT-279
 OVERHAUL

YD25DDTi models for 4WD

SCIA7336E

AT-280
 OVERHAUL

VQ40DE models for 4WD

A

AT

SCIA7446E

AT-281
 DISASSEMBLY

DISASSEMBLY PFP:31020

Disassembly GCS0008I

CAUTION:
Do not disassemble parts behind drum support. Refer to AT-13, "Cross-sectional View (YD25DDTi
Models for 2WD)" , AT-14, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 2WD)" , AT-15, "Cross-sectional
View (YD25DDTi Models for 4WD)" or AT-16, "Cross-sectional View (VQ40DE Models for 4WD)" .
1. Drain ATF through drain hole.
2. Remove torque converter by holding it firmly and turing while
pulling straight out.

SCIA5010E

3. Check torque converter one-way clutch using a check tool as

shown in the figure.
a. Insert a check tool into the groove of bearing support built into
one-way clutch outer race.
b. When fixing bearing support with a check tool, rotate one-way
clutch spline using a screwdriver.
c. Make sure that inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace
torque converter assembly.

SCIA3171E

4. Remove converter housing from transmission case.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch converter housing.

SCIA5171E

AT-282
 DISASSEMBLY

5. Remove O-ring from input clutch assembly.

A

AT

SCIA5011E

D
6. Remove tightening bolts for oil pump assembly and transmis-
sion case.
E

G
SCIA2300E

7. Attach the sliding hammers to oil pump assembly and extract it H

evenly from transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Fully tighten the sliding hammer screws.
I
● Make sure that bearing race is installed to oil pump
assembly edge surface.

SCIA4608E

8. Remove O-ring from oil pump assembly.

SCIA5172E

AT-283
 DISASSEMBLY

9. Remove bearing race from oil pump assembly.

SCIA6529E

10. Remove needle bearing from front sun gear.

SCIA2808E

11. Remove front sun gear assembly from front carrier assembly.
NOTE:
Remove front sun gear by rotating left/right.

SCIA5014E

12. Remove seal rings from input clutch assembly.

SCIA2470E

13. Remove front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear
internal gear as a unit.
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove it with needle bearing.

SCIA5173E

AT-284
 DISASSEMBLY

14. Loosen lock nut and remove band servo anchor end pin from
transmission case. A

AT

SCIA6512E
D
15. Remove brake band from transmission case.

G
SCIA2580E

● To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not H

stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing
brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown in the
figure at right. I
Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band.
● Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or
burns. J

SAT655
K

16. Remove mid carrier assembly and rear carrier assembly as a

unit. L

SCIA5017E

17. Remove mid carrier assembly from rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5174E

AT-285
 DISASSEMBLY

18. Remove needle bearing (front side) from mid carrier assembly.

SCIA5176E

19. Remove needle bearing (rear side) from mid carrier assembly.

SCIA5177E

20. Remove bearing race from rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5178E

21. Remove needle bearing from rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5179E

22. Remove mid sun gear assembly, rear sun gear assembly and
high and low reverse clutch hub as a unit.
CAUTION:
Be careful to remove them with bearing races and needle
bearing.

SCIA5018E

AT-286
 DISASSEMBLY

23. Remove high and low reverse clutch assembly from direct clutch
assembly. A
CAUTION:
Make sure that needle bearing is installed to high and low
reverse clutch assembly edge surface. B

AT

SCIA2306E
D
24. Remove direct clutch assembly from reverse brake.

G
SCIA5019E

25. Remove needle bearing from drum support. H

SCIA5198E K

26. Remove snap ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

L

SCIA5021E

27. Push A/T assembly harness connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5022E

AT-287
 DISASSEMBLY

28. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket.

SCIA2308E

29. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of

malfunction. If the A/T fluid is very dark, smells burned, or con-
tains foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band)
may need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indi-
cates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and
clutches to stick and can inhibit pump pressure.
● If friction material is detected, replace radiator after repair
of A/T. Refer to CO-40, "RADIATOR" (for YD25DDTi
engine) or CO-13, "RADIATOR" (for VQ40DE engine).

SCIA5199E

30. Remove magnets from oil pan.

SCIA5200E

31. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5023E

32. Straighten terminal clips to free terminal cord assembly and A/T
fluid temperature sensor 2 harness.

SCIA5446E

AT-288
 DISASSEMBLY

33. Disconnect revolution sensor connector.

A
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

AT

SCIA5024E
D
34. Straighten terminal clips to free revolution sensor harness.

G
SCIA7023E

35. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve with TCM. H

Bolt symbol Length [mm (in)] Number of bolts
A 42 (1.65) 5
I
B 55 (2.17) 6
C 40 (1.57) 1
J

SCIA5025E K

36. Remove control valve with TCM from transmission case.

CAUTION: L
When removing, be careful with manual valve notch and
manual plate height. Remove it vertically.
M

SCIA5260E

37. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from con-
trol valve with TCM.

SCIA5301E

AT-289
 DISASSEMBLY

38. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2.

SCIA5264E

39. Remove O-ring from A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5155E

40. Disconnect TCM connectors.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5447E

41. Remove A/T assembly harness connector from control valve

with TCM using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA5448E

42. Disconnect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch

connector.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connectors.

SCIA5449E

AT-290
 DISASSEMBLY

43. Remove rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to
the following procedures. A
a. 2WD models
i. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and trans-
mission case. B
● Self-sealing bolt (1)

: Bolt (10)
AT

D
SCIA7176J

ii. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer. E

SCIA5028E H

iii. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. (With

needle bearing.) I

SCIA5029E

AT-291
 DISASSEMBLY

b. YD25DDTi models for 4WD

i. Remove tightening bolts for adapter case assembly and trans-
mission case.

SCIA6842E

ii. Tap adapter case assembly using a soft hammer.

SCIA5204E

iii. Remove adapter case assembly from transmission case. (With

needle bearing)

SCIA5205E

iv. Remove gasket from transmission case.

SCIA5231E

AT-292
 DISASSEMBLY

c. VQ40DE models for 4WD

i. Remove tightening bolts (1) for adapter case assembly and A
transmission case. [With terminal bracket (2).]
● Self-sealing bolt (3)
B

AT

G
SCIA7220E

ii. Tap adapter case assembly with soft hammer.

H

SCIA5201E
K
iii. Remove adapter case assembly from transmission case. (With
needle bearing)
L

SCIA5186E

iv. Remove gasket from transmission case.

SCIA5231E

AT-293
 DISASSEMBLY

44. Remove bearing race from output shaft.

SCIA5245E

45. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left/

right.

SCIA5030E

46. Remove parking gear from output shaft.

SCIA5247E

47. Remove seal rings from output shaft.

SCIA5209E

48. Remove needle bearing from transmission case.

SCIA5031E

AT-294
 DISASSEMBLY

49. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case.

A
CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it.

● Do not disassemble.
B
● Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on sensor's front
edge magnetic area.
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.
AT

SCIA2320E
D
50. Remove reverse brake snap ring (fixing plate) using 2 flat-
bladed screwdrivers.
NOTE: E
Press out snap ring from transmission case oil pan side
gap using a flat-bladed screwdriver, and remove it using a
another screwdriver.
F
51. Remove reverse brake retaining plate from transmission case.
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. If necessary,
replace the plate. G
SCIA5032E

52. Remove N-spring from transmission case. H

SCIA5214E K

53. Remove reverse brake drive plates, driven plates and dish plate
from transmission case.
L
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. If necessary,
replace the plate.

SCIA2322E

AT-295
 DISASSEMBLY

54. Set SST on spring retainer and remove snap ring (fixing spring
retainer) from transmission case while compressing return
spring.

SCIA6843E

55. Remove spring retainer and return spring from transmission

case.

SCIA2324E

56. Remove seal rings from drum support.

SCIA3333E

57. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface.

SCIA2796E

AT-296
 DISASSEMBLY

58. Remove reverse brake piston from transmission case with com-
pressed air. Refer to AT-276, "Oil Channel" . A
CAUTION:
Care should be taken not to abruptly blow air. It makes pis-
tons incline, as the result, it becomes hard to disassemble B
the pistons.

AT

G
SCIA5047E

59. Remove D-rings from reverse brake piston.

H

SCIA6330E
K
60. Knock out retaining pin using a pin punch [commercial service
tool: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia.].
L

SCIA2328E

61. Remove manual shaft retaining pin using pair of pliers.

SCIA5218E

AT-297
 DISASSEMBLY

62. Remove manual plate (with parking rod) from manual shaft.

SCIA5219E

63. Remove parking rod from manual plate.

SCIA5220E

64. Remove manual shaft from transmission case.

SCIA5716E

65. Remove manual shaft oil seals using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch transmission case.

SCIA2331E

66. Remove detent spring and spacer from transmission case.

SCIA5248E

AT-298
 DISASSEMBLY

67. Remove snap ring from transmission case using pair of snap
ring pliers. A

AT

SCIA2333E
D
68. Remove servo assembly (with return spring) from transmission
case.
E

G
SCIA5679E

69. Remove return spring from servo assembly. H

SCIA5717E K

70. Remove O-rings from servo assembly.

L

SCIA5719E

71. Remove needle bearing (1) from rear extension (2WD models)
or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA6179J

AT-299
 DISASSEMBLY

72. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension (2WD

models) or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA3423E

73. Remove parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft from
rear extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA3424E

74. Remove return spring (1) from parking pawl (2).

SCIA6180J

75. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models).
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch rear extension (2WD models) or
adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA7219E

AT-300
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS PFP:00000

A
Oil Pump GCS0008J

COMPONENTS
B

AT

G
SCIA6920E

1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring

H
4. Oil pump housing 5. Oil pump housing oil seal

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove oil pump housing from oil pump cover. I

SCIA5228E L

2. Remove oil pump housing oil seal using a flat-bladed screw-

driver.
M
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch oil pump housing.

SCIA2840E

AT-301
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.

SCIA2841E

4. Remove O-ring from oil pump cover.

SCIA5230E

ASSEMBLY
1. Install O-ring to oil pump cover.

SCIA5230E

2. Install O-ring to oil pump housing.

SCIA2841E

AT-302
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Install oil pump housing oil seal to oil pump housing until it is
flush using the drift. A
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil seal.

● Apply ATF to oil seal. B

AT

SCIA4609E

D
4. Install oil pump housing to oil pump cover.
5. Tighten bolts to the specified torque in numerical order shown in
the figure after temporarily tightening them. Refer to AT-301, E
"COMPONENTS" .

G
SCIA6388E

AT-303
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-way Clutch GCS0008K

COMPONENTS

SCIA3114E

1. Front sun gear 2. 3rd one-way clutch 3. Snap ring

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove snap ring from front sun gear using a flat-bladed screw-
driver

SCIA3110E

2. Remove 3rd one-way clutch from front sun gear.

SCIA3111E

AT-304
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

INSPECTION
3rd One-way Clutch A
● Check frictional surface for wear or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace 3rd one-way clutch. B

Front Sun Gear Snap Ring

● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. AT
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace snap ring.
Front Sun Gear D
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace front sun gear. E

ASSEMBLY
1. Install 3rd one-way clutch in front sun gear. F

SCIA3111E
I

2. Install snap ring in front sun gear using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

J

SCIA3110E

M
3. Check operation of 3rd one-way clutch.
a. Hold oil pump assembly and turn front sun gear.
b. Check 3rd one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking
directions.
CAUTION:
If not as shown in figure, check installation direction of 3rd
one-way clutch.

SCIA3131E

AT-305
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear GCS0008L

COMPONENTS
YD25DDTi models

SCIA7070E

1. Seal ring 2. O-ring 3. Needle bearing

4. Bearing race 5. Front carrier assembly 6. Needle bearing
7. Snap ring 8. Snap ring 9. Retaining plate
10. Driven plate 11. Input clutch drum 12. Drive plate
13. Rear internal gear
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

AT-306
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

VQ40DE models
A

AT

SCIA6734E

1. Seal ring 2. O-ring 3. Needle bearing

4. Bearing race 5. Front carrier assembly 6. Snap ring
7. Snap ring 8. Snap ring 9. Retaining plate
10. Driven plate 11. Input clutch drum 12. Drive plate
13. Rear internal gear
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

AT-307
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

DISASSEMBLY
1. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers.
2. Remove front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly from
rear internal gear.
3. Remove front carrier assembly from input clutch assembly.

SCIA5339E

a. Remove bearing race from front carrier assembly.

SCIA5232E

b. Remove needle bearing from front carrier assembly.

SCIA5233E

c. Remove snap ring from front carrier assembly.

CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA5234E

AT-308
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

4. Disassemble input clutch assembly.

a. Remove O-ring and seal rings from input clutch assembly. A

AT

SCIA5235E

D
b. Remove needle bearing from input clutch assembly.

G
SCIA2853E

c. Remove snap ring from input clutch drum using a flat-bladed H

screwdriver
d. Remove retaining plate, drive plates and driven plates from input
clutch drum.
I

SCIA2864E
K

INSPECTION
Front Carrier Snap Ring L
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace snap ring. M
Input Clutch Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drum
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage or burns.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace input clutch assembly.
Input Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.

AT-309
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

CAUTION:
If necessary, replace input clutch assembly.
Front Carrier
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace front carrier assembly.
Rear Internal Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace rear internal gear assembly.

ASSEMBLY
1. Install input clutch.
a. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in input
clutch drum.
● Snap ring (1)

● Retaining plate (2)

● Drive plate (3)

● Driven plate (4)

● Drive plate/Driven plate: 7/7

CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
SCIA7133E

b. Install snap ring in input clutch drum using a flat-bladed screw-

driver.

SCIA2864E

c. Install needle bearing in input clutch assembly.

SCIA2853E

AT-310
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

d. Install O-ring and seal rings in input clutch assembly.

A

AT

SCIA5235E

D
2. Install front carrier assembly.
a. Install snap ring to front carrier assembly.
CAUTION: E
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

G
SCIA5234E

b. Install needle bearing in front carrier assembly. H

CAUTION:
Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to AT-
278, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" . I

SCIA5233E
K
c. Install bearing race in front carrier assembly.
d. Install front carrier assembly to input clutch assembly.
L

SCIA5232E

3. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers.

4. Install front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly in rear
internal gear.

SCIA5339E

AT-311
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub GCS0008M

COMPONENTS
YD25DDTi models

SCIA7072E

1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. Snap ring

4. High and low reverse clutch hub 5. Needle bearing 6. Snap ring
7. 1st one-way clutch 8. Rear sun gear 9. Seal ring
10. Mid sun gear
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

VQ40DE models

SCIA7071E

1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. Snap ring

4. High and low reverse clutch hub 5. Needle bearing 6. Snap ring
7. 1st one-way clutch 8. Rear sun gear 9. Seal ring
10. Mid sun gear
Refer to GI section to make sure icons (symbol marks) in the figure. Refer to GI-10, "Components" .

AT-312
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove needle bearing and bearing races from high and low reverse clutch hub. A
● YD25DDTi models

AT

D
SCIA5238E

● VQ40DE models E

H
SCIA2854E

2. Remove snap ring from mid sun gear assembly using pair of
snap ring pliers. I
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.
J

SCIA2855E
L
3. Remove high and low reverse clutch hub from mid sun gear
assembly.
M

SCIA2856E

AT-313
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

a. Remove needle bearing from high and low reverse clutch hub.

SCIA2857E

4. Remove rear sun gear assembly from mid sun gear assembly.

SCIA2858E

a. Remove snap ring from rear sun gear using a flat-bladed screw-
driver.

SCIA2859E

b. Remove 1st one-way clutch from rear sun gear.

SCIA4633E

5. Remove seal rings from mid sun gear.

SCIA2861E

AT-314
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

INSPECTION
A
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub Snap Ring, Rear Sun Gear Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: B
If necessary, replace snap ring.
1st One-way Clutch
● Check frictional surface for wear or damage. AT
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace 1st one-way clutch.
D
Mid Sun Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: E
If necessary, replace mid sun gear.
Rear Sun Gear
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. F
CAUTION:
If necessary, replace rear sun gear.
G
High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
CAUTION: H
If necessary, replace high and low reverse clutch hub.

ASSEMBLY
I
1. Install seal rings to mid sun gear.

L
SCIA2861E

2. Install 1st one-way clutch to rear sun gear.

M

SCIA4633E

AT-315
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

3. Install snap ring to rear sun gear using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA2859E

4. Install rear sun gear assembly to mid sun gear assembly.

SCIA2858E

5. Install needle bearing to high and low reverse clutch hub.

CAUTION:
Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to AT-
278, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .

SCIA2857E

6. Install high and low reverse clutch hub to mid sun gear assem-
bly.

SCIA2856E

7. Install snap ring to mid sun gear assembly using pair of snap
ring pliers.
CAUTION:
Do not expand snap ring excessively.

SCIA2855E

AT-316
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

8. Check operation of 1st one-way clutch.

A
a. Hold mid sun gear and turn rear sun gear.
b. Check 1st one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking
directions.
B
CAUTION:
If not as shown in the figure, check installation direction of
1st one-way clutch.
AT

SCIA3132E
D
9. Install needle bearing and bearing races to high and low reverses clutch hub.
CAUTION:
Take care with order of bearing races. E
● YD25DDTi models

H
SCIA5238E

● VQ40DE models I

L
SCIA2854E

AT-317
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

High and Low Reverse Clutch GCS0008N

COMPONENTS

SCIA5239E

1. High and low reverse clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate
4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate 6. Bearing race

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove bearing race from high and low reverse clutch drum.

SCIA5240E

2. Remove snap ring from high and low reverse clutch drum using
a flat-bladed screwdriver.
3. Remove retaining plate, drive plates and driven plates from high
and low reverse clutch drum.

SCIA2868E

INSPECTION
● Check the following, and replace high and low reverse clutch assembly if necessary.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Snap Ring
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
High and Low Reverse Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.

AT-318
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

High and Low Reverse Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. A

ASSEMBLY
1. Install driven plates, drive plates and retaining plate in high and low reverse clutch drum. B
CAUTION:
Take care with order of plates.
AT
● YD25DDTi models

– Snap ring (1)

– Retaining plate (2)

D
– Drive plate (3)

– Driven plate (4)

– Drive plate/Driven plate: 4/4 E

F
SCIA6735E

● VQ40DE models
G
– Snap ring (1)
– Retaining plate (2)
– Drive plate (3) H
– Driven plate (4)
– Drive plate/Driven plate: 5/5
I

SCIA7134E
J
2. Install snap ring in high and low reverse clutch drum using a flat-
bladed screwdriver.
K

M
SCIA2868E

3. Install bearing race to high and low reverse clutch drum.

SCIA5240E

AT-319
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

Direct Clutch GCS0008O

COMPONENTS
YD25DDTi models

SCIA7213E

1. Direct clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate

4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate

VQ40DE models

SCIA7128E

1. Direct clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate

4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate

AT-320
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove snap rings from direct clutch drum using a flat-bladed A
screwdriver.
2. Remove retaining plate, drive plates and driven plates from
direct clutch drum. B

AT

SCIA2868E
D

INSPECTION
● Check the following, and replace direct clutch assembly if necessary. E

Direct Clutch Snap Rings

● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. F
Direct Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
G
Direct Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
H
ASSEMBLY
1. Install driven plates, drive plates and retaining plate in direct clutch drum.
CAUTION: I
Take care with order of plates.
● YD25DDTi models

SCIA5243E

AT-321
 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS

● VQ40DE models
– Snap ring (1)
– Retaining plate (2)
– Drive plate (3)
– Driven plate (4)
– Drive plate/Driven plate: 5/5

SCIA7407E

2. Install snap rings in direct clutch drum using a flat-bladed screw-

driver.

SCIA2868E

AT-322
 ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY PFP:00000
A
Assembly (1) GCS0008P

1. As shown in the figure, use a drift [commercial service tool: 22

mm (0.87 in) dia.] to drive manual shaft oil seals into transmis- B
sion case until it is flush.
CAUTION:
● Apply ATF to manual shaft oil seals.
AT
● Do not reuse manual shaft oil seals.

SCIA5259E

E
2. Install detent spring and spacer to transmission case and then
tighten mounting dolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-262,
"Components" .
F

H
SCIA5248E

3. Install manual shaft to transmission case.

I

SCIA5716E
L
4. Install parking rod to manual plate.

SCIA5220E

AT-323
 ASSEMBLY

5. Install manual plate (with parking rod) to manual shaft.

SCIA5219E

6. Install retaining pin into manual plate and manual shaft.

a. Fit pinhole of manual plate to pinhole of manual shaft with a pin
punch.
b. Tap retaining pin into manual plate using a hammer.
CAUTION:
Drive retaining pin to 2 ± 0.5 mm (0.08 ± 0.020 in) over man-
ual plate.

SCIA7165E

7. Install retaining pin into transmission case and manual shaft.

a. Fit pinhole of transmission case to pinhole of manual shaft with
a pin punch.
b. Tap retaining pin into the transmission case using a hammer.
CAUTION:
Drive retaining pin to 5 ± 1 mm (0.20 ± 0.04 in) over trans-
mission case.

SCIA2427E

8. Install O-rings to servo assembly.

SCIA7166E

9. Install return spring to servo assembly.

SCIA5717E

AT-324
 ASSEMBLY

10. Install servo assembly in transmission case.

A

AT

SCIA5679E
D
11. Install snap ring to transmission case using pair of snap ring pli-
ers.
E

G
SCIA2333E

12. Install D-rings in reverse brake piston. H

SCIA6330E K

13. Install reverse brake piston in transmission case.

L

SCIA2325E

14. Install needle bearing to drum support edge surface.

SCIA2796E

AT-325
 ASSEMBLY

15. Install seal rings to drum support.

SCIA3333E

16. Install return spring and spring retainer in transmission case.

SCIA2324E

17. Set the SST on spring retainer and install snap ring (fixing spring
retainer) in transmission case while compressing return spring.
CAUTION:
Securely assemble them using a flat-bladed screwdriver so
that snap ring tension is slightly weak.

SCIA6843E

AT-326
 ASSEMBLY

18. Install reverse brake dish plate, drive plates and driven plates in
transmission case. A
CAUTION:
Take care with order and direction of plates.
● YD25DDTi models B

AT

G
SCIA6851E

● VQ40DE models
H

SCIA5250E

AT-327
 ASSEMBLY

19. Assemble N-spring.

20. Install reverse brake retaining plate in transmission case.

SCIA5249E

21. Install snap ring in transmission case.

SCIA2439E

22. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within specified clearance, select proper retaining plate. Refer to
“Parts Information” for retaining plate selection.
Specified clearance “A”
Standard: Refer to AT-350, "Reverse Brake" .

SCIA3129E

23. Install needle bearing to transmission case.

CAUTION:
Take care with the direction of needle bearing. Refer to AT-
278, "Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings,
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings" .

SCIA5031E

AT-328
 ASSEMBLY

24. Install revolution sensor to transmission case and then tighten

mounting bolt to the specified torque. Refer to AT-262, "Compo- A
nents" .
CAUTION:
● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. B
● Do not disassemble.

● Do not allow metal filings, etc. to get on the sensor's front

edge magnetic area. AT
● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism.

SCIA2320E

D
25. As shown in the figure, drive to rear oil seal into rear extension
(2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models) until it is flush
using a drift.
E

SCIA7221E
K
26. Install return spring (1) to parking pawl (2).

SCIA6180J

27. Install parking pawl (with return spring) and pawl shaft to rear
extension (2WD models) or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA3424E

AT-329
 ASSEMBLY

28. Install parking actuator support to rear extension (2WD models)

or adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA3423E

29. Install needle bearing (1) to rear extension (2WD models) or

adapter case (4WD models).

SCIA6179J

30. Install seal rings to output shaft.

SCIA5209E

31. Install parking gear to output shaft.

SCIA5247E

32. Install output shaft in transmission case.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to mistake front for rear because both sides
look similar. (Thinner end is front side.)

SCIA5030E

AT-330
 ASSEMBLY

33. Install bearing race to output shaft.

A

AT

SCIA5245E
D
34. Install rear extension assembly (2WD models) or adapter case assembly (4WD models) according to the
following procedures.
a. 2WD models E
i. Apply Anaerobic Liquid Gasket (Loctite 518) or equivalent to
rear extension assembly as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: F
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
from the transmission case and rear extension assembly
mounting surfaces. G

SCIA4934E H

ii. Install rear extension assembly to transmission case.

CAUTION: I
Insert the tip of parking rod between the parking pawl and
the parking actuator support when assembling the rear
extension assembly.
J

SCIA5029E

L
iii. Tighten rear extension assembly mounting bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to AT-262, "Components" .
● Self-sealing bolt (1)
M
: Bolt (10)

SCIA7176J

AT-331
 ASSEMBLY

b. YD25DDTi models for 4WD

i. Install gasket onto transmission case.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
from the transmission case and adapter case assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA5231E

ii. Install adapter case assembly to transmission case.

CAUTION:
Insert the tip of parking rod between parking pawl and park-
ing actuator support when assembling adapter case assem-
bly.

SCIA5205E

iii. Tighten adapter case assembly mounting bolts to the specified

torque. Refer to AT-262, "Components" .

SCIA6842E

c. VQ40DE models for 4WD

i. Install gasket onto transmission case.
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc.
from the transmission case and adapter case assembly
mounting surfaces.

SCIA5231E

AT-332
 ASSEMBLY

ii. Install adapter case assembly to transmission case.

CAUTION: A
Insert the tip of parking rod between parking pawl and park-
ing actuator support when assembling adapter case assem-
bly. B

AT

SCIA5186E

D
iii. Tighten adapter case assembly mounting bolts (1) to specified
torque [With terminal bracket (2)]. Refer to AT-262, "Compo-
nents" .
E
● Self-sealing bolt (3)

SCIA7220E
K
35. Install needle bearing in drum support edge surface.

SCIA5198E

36. Install direct clutch assembly in reverse brake.

CAUTION:
Make sure that drum support edge surface and direct clutch
inner boss edge surface come to almost same place.

SCIA5019E

AT-333
 ASSEMBLY

37. Install high and low reverse clutch assembly in direct clutch.

SCIA2306E

38. Align drive plate using a flat-bladed screwdriver.

SCIA3169E

39. Install high and low reverse clutch hub, mid sun gear assembly
and rear sun gear assembly as a unit.

SCIA5018E

CAUTION:
Make sure that portion “A” of high and low reverse clutch
drum protrudes approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) beyond por-
tion “B” of rear sun gear.

SCIA3130E

AT-334
 ASSEMBLY

40. Install needle bearing in rear carrier assembly.

A

AT

SCIA5179E

D
41. Install bearing race in rear carrier assembly.

G
SCIA5178E

42. Install rear carrier assembly in direct clutch drum. H

SCIA2462E
K
43. Install needle bearing (rear side) in mid carrier assembly.

SCIA5177E

44. Install needle bearing (front side) to mid carrier assembly.

SCIA5176E

AT-335
 ASSEMBLY

45. Install mid carrier assembly in rear carrier assembly.

SCIA5017E

46. Install front carrier assembly, input clutch assembly and rear
internal gear as a unit.

SCIA5173E

47. Install seal rings in input clutch assembly.

SCIA5269E

48. Install band servo anchor end pin and lock nut in transmission
case.

SCIA6512E

49. Install brake band in transmission case.

CAUTION:
Assemble it so that identification to avoid incorrect installa-
tion faces servo side.

SCIA5498E

AT-336
 ASSEMBLY

50. Install front sun gear to front carrier assembly.

A
CAUTION:
Apply ATF to front sun gear bearing and 3rd one-way clutch
end bearing.
B

AT

SCIA5014E
D
51. Install needle bearing to front sun gear.

G
SCIA2808E

52. Adjust brake band tilting using a clip so that brake band contacts H
front sun gear drum evenly.

SCIA5033E K

53. Adjust brake band.

a. Loosen lock nut. L
b. Tighten band servo anchor end pin to the specified torque.

: 5.0 N·m (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb)

M
c. Back of band servo anchor end pin three turns.
d. Holding band servo anchor end pin, tighten lock nut to the spec-
ified torque. Refer to AT-262, "Components" .

SCIA5498E

AT-337
 ASSEMBLY

Adjustment GCS0008Q

TOTAL END PLAY

● Measure clearance between front sun gear and bearing race for
oil pump cover.
● Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is within
specifications.

SCIA2810E

1. Measure dimensions “K” and “L” and then calculate dimension

“J”.

SCIA7073E

a. Measure dimension “K”.

SCIA7074E

b. Measure dimension “L”.

c. Calculate dimension “J”.
“J”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of
transmission case and needle bearing mating
surface of front sun gear.
J=K–L

SCIA5352E

AT-338
 ASSEMBLY

2. Measure dimensions “M1 ” and “M2 ” and then calculate dimen-

sion “M”. A

AT

SCIA3125E

D
a. Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly.

G
SCIA3124E

b. Measure dimension “M1 ”. H

SCIA3126E K

c. Measure dimension “M2 ”.

L

SCIA3127E

d. Calculate dimension “M”.

“M”: Distance between transmission case fitting sur-
face of oil pump and needle bearing on oil pump.
M = M1 – M2

SCIA3125E

AT-339
 ASSEMBLY

3. Adjust total end play “T1 ”.

T1 = J – M
Total end play “T1 Refer to AT-350, "Total End Play"
”: .
● Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play
is within specifications. Refer to “Parts Information” for bear-
ing race selection.

SCIA2810E

Assembly (2) GCS0008R

1. Install O-ring to oil pump assembly.

SCIA5172E

2. Install bearing race to oil pump assembly.

SCIA6529E

3. Install oil pump assembly in transmission case.

CAUTION:
Apply ATF to oil pump baring.

SCIA2811E

AT-340
 ASSEMBLY

4. Apply Liquid Gasket (Three Bond 1215) or equivalent to oil

pump assembly as shown in the figure. A
CAUTION:
Completely remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc.
from the oil pump mounting bolts and oil pump mounting B
bolt mounting surfaces.

AT

SCIA4636E

D
5. Tighten oil pump mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
AT-262, "Components" .
CAUTION: E
Apply ATF to oil pump bushing.

G
SCIA2300E

6. Install O-ring to input clutch assembly. H

SCIA5011E
K
7. Install converter housing to transmission case, and then tighten
mounting bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-262, "Com-
ponents" L

SCIA5171E

8. Make sure that brake band does not close turbine revolution
sensor hole.

SCIA5034E

AT-341
 ASSEMBLY

9. Install control valve with TCM.

a. Connect TCM connector and park/neutral position switch con-
nector.

SCIA5449E

b. Install A/T assembly harness connector to control valve with

TCM.

SCIA5450E

c. Connect TCM connectors.

SCIA5447E

d. Install O-ring to A/T assembly harness connector.

SCIA5155E

e. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 to bracket.

SCIA5264E

AT-342
 ASSEMBLY

f. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control

valve with TCM, and then tighten mounting bolts to the specified A
torque. Refer to AT-262, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Adjust bolt hole of bracket to bolt hole of control valve with B
TCM.

AT

SCIA5301E
D
g. Install control valve with TCM in transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Make sure that turbine revolution sensor securely installs E
turbine revolution sensor hole.
● Hang down revolution sensor harness toward outside so
as not to disturb installation of control valve with TCM. F
● Adjust A/T assembly harness connector of control valve
with TCM to terminal hole of transmission case.
G
SCIA5034E

● Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with H

manual plate projection.

SCIA5035E K

h. Install bolts A, B and C to control valve with TCM.

Bolt symbol Length [mm (in)] Number of bolts L
A 42 (1.65) 5
B 55 (2.17) 6
M
C 40 (1.57) 1

SCIA5025E

i. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After

that tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-262, "Components" .

SCIA5037E

AT-343
 ASSEMBLY

10. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector.

SCIA5023E

11. Securely fasten terminal cord assembly and A/T fluid tempera-
ture sensor 2 harness with terminal clips.

SCIA5446E

12. Connect revolution sensor connector.

SCIA5024E

13. Securely fasten revolution sensor harness with terminal clips.

SCIA7023E

14. Pull down A/T assembly harness connector.

CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage connector.

SCIA5299E

AT-344
 ASSEMBLY

15. Install snap ring to A/T assembly harness connector.

A

AT

SCIA5300E
D
16. Install magnets onto oil pan.

G
SCIA5200E

17. Install oil pan to transmission case. H

a. Install oil pan gasket to transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Do not reuse oil pan gasket. I
● Install it in the direction to align hole positions.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. from oil pan gasket mounting surface.
J
b. Install oil pan to transmission case.
CAUTION:
● Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as
K
shown in the figure.
● Be careful not to pinch harnesses.

● Completely remove all moisture, oil and old gasket, etc. L

from oil pan gasket mounting surface.

M
SCIA2308E

c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numeri-

cal order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them.
Refer to AT-262, "Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts.
18. Install drain plug gasket and drain plug to oil pan, and then
tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to AT-262,
"Components" .
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drain plug gasket.
SCIA4113E

19. Install torque converter.

AT-345
 ASSEMBLY

a. Pour ATF into torque converter.

● Approximately 2 liter (1-3/4 Imp qt) of ATF is required for
a new torque converter.
● When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
of ATF as was drained.

SAT428DA

b. Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque con-

verter with notches of oil pump.
CAUTION:
Install torque converter while rotating it.

SCIA5010E

c. Measure distance “A” to make sure that torque converter is in

proper position.
Distance “A”: 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more

SCIA5694E

AT-346
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030

A
General Specifications GCS0008S

YD25DDTi engine VQ40DE engine

Applied model B
2WD 4WD 2WD 4WD
Automatic transmission model RE5R05A
Transmission model code number 95X09 95X0B 97X0D 97X0E
AT
Stall torque ratio 2.0 : 1 1.76 : 1
1st 3.827 3.842
2nd 2.368 2.353 D
3rd 1.519 1.529
Transmission gear ratio
4th 1.000 1.000
E
5th 0.834 0.839
Reverse 2.613 2.765
Recommended fluid Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J*1 F
Fluid capacity 10.3 liter (9-1/8 Imp qt)
CAUTION:
●Use only Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J. Do not mix with other fluid. G
● Using A/T fluid other than Genuine NISSAN ATF Matic Fluid J will cause deterioration in driveability and A/T durability, and
may damage the A/T, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle warranty.
*1: Refer to MA-13, "RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS" . H

Stall Speed GCS0008T

Engine model YD25DDTi VQ40DE I

Stall speed 2,700 - 3,100 rpm 2,200 - 2,500 rpm

Line Pressure GCS0008U J

Line pressure [kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi)]
Engine speed
“R” position “D” position
K
At idle speed 425 - 465 (4.3 - 4.6, 4.3 - 4.7, 62 - 67) 379 - 428 (3.8 - 4.3, 3.9 - 4.4, 55 - 62)
At stall speed 1,605 - 1,950 (16.0 - 19.5, 16.4 - 19.9, 233 - 283) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.1 - 15.0, 13.4 - 15.3, 190 - 218)
L

AT-347
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs GCS0008V

2WD MODELS
Engine model YD25DDTi

Throttle Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]

Tire size
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D 1
Full 41 - 45 66 - 72 103 - 113 148 - 164 144 - 160 92 - 102 53 - 59 23 - 25
255/70 R16 throttle (26 - 28) (41 - 45) (64 - 71) (93 - 103) (90 - 100) (58 - 64) (33 - 37) (14 - 16)
255/65 R17 Half 34 - 38 55 - 61 86 - 96 118 - 130 88 - 98 60 - 66 39 - 43 10 - 11
throttle (21 - 24) (34 - 38) (54 - 60) (74 - 81) (55 - 61) (38 - 41) (24 - 27) (6 - 7)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Engine model VQ40DE

Throttle Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]

Tire size
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D 1
Full 61 - 67 99 - 109 153 - 169 234 - 258 230 - 254 142 - 158 87 - 97 42 - 46
255/70 R16 throttle (38 - 42) (62 - 68) (96 - 106) (146 - 161) (144 - 159) (89 - 97) (54 - 61) (26 - 29)
255/65 R17 Half 49 - 55 81 - 89 123 - 137 149 - 165 115 - 127 70 - 78 50 - 56 12 - 14
throttle (31 - 34) (51 - 56) (76 - 86) (93 - 103) (72 - 79) (44 - 49) (31 - 35) (8 - 9)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

4WD MODELS
Engine model YD25DDTi

Throttle Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]

Tire size
position D1 → D2 D2 → D 3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D2 D2 → D1
Full 37 - 41 60 - 66 94 - 104 136 - 150 132 - 146 84 - 92 48 - 54 21 - 23
throttle (23 - 26) (38 - 41) (59 - 65) (85 - 94) (83 - 91) (53 - 58) (30 - 34) (13 - 14)
235/70 R16
Half 31 - 35 50 - 56 79 - 87 113 - 125 79 - 87 55 - 61 36 - 40 10 - 11
throttle (19 - 22) (31 - 35) (49 - 54) (71 - 78) (49 - 54) (34 - 38) (23 - 25) (6 - 7)
Full 38 - 42 62 - 68 97 - 107 141 - 155 137 - 151 87 - 97 50 - 56 22 - 24
255/70 R16 throttle (24 - 26) (39 - 43) (61 - 67) (88 - 97) (86 - 94) (54 - 61) (31 - 35) (14 - 15)
255/65 R17 Half 32 - 36 52 - 58 82 - 90 117 - 129 83 - 91 57 - 63 37 - 41 10 - 11
throttle (20 - 23) (33 - 36) (51 - 56) (73 - 80) (52 - 57) (35 - 39) (23 - 26) (6 - 7)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

Engine model VQ40DE

Throttle Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]

Tire size
position D1 → D2 D2 → D3 D3 → D4 D4 → D5 D5 → D4 D4 → D3 D3 → D 2 D2 → D1
Full 54 - 60 88 - 98 136 - 150 208 - 230 204 - 226 126 - 140 77 - 85 36 - 40
throttle (34 - 38) (55 - 61) (85 - 94) (130 - 144) (128 - 141) (79 - 88) (48 - 53) (23 - 25)
235/70 R16
Half 44 - 48 71 - 79 110 - 122 133 - 147 103 - 113 63 - 69 46 - 50 12 - 14
throttle (28 - 30) (44 - 49) (69 - 76) (83 - 92) (64 - 71) (39 - 43) (29 - 31) (8 - 9)
Full 58 - 64 94 - 104 144 - 160 221 - 245 218 - 240 135 - 149 83 - 91 40 - 44
255/70 R16 throttle (36 - 40) (59 - 65) (90 - 100) (138 - 153) (136 - 150) (84 - 93) (52 - 57) (25 - 28)
255/65 R17 Half 47 - 51 76 - 84 117 - 129 141 - 155 108 - 120 67 - 75 48 - 54 12 - 14
throttle (29 - 32) (48 - 53) (73 - 81) (88 - 97) (68 - 75) (42 - 47) (30 - 34) (8 - 9)

● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

AT-348
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases GCS0008W

2WD MODELS A
Engine model YD25DDTi
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]
Tire size Throttle position B
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF

255/70 R16 Closed throttle 73 - 81 (46 - 51) 70 - 78 (44 - 49)

255/65 R17 Half throttle 141 - 155 (88 - 97) 130 - 144 (81 - 90) AT
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
D
Engine model VQ40DE
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]
Tire size Throttle position E
Lock-up “ON” Lock-up “OFF”

255/70 R16 Closed throttle 68 - 76 (43 - 48) 66 - 72 (41 - 45)

255/65 R17 Half throttle 188 - 208 (118 - 130) 147 - 163 (92 - 102) F
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
G
4WD MODELS
Engine model YD25DDTi
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)] H
Tire size Throttle position
Lock-up ON Lock-up OFF
Closed throttle 67 - 75 (42 - 47) 65 - 71 (41 - 44)
235/70 R16 I
Half throttle 129 - 143 (81 - 89) 119 - 131 (74 - 82)

255/70 R16 Closed throttle 69 - 77 (43 - 48) 66 - 74 (41 - 46)

255/65 R17 Half throttle 134 - 148 (84 - 93) 123 - 135 (77 - 84) J
● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.
K
Engine model VQ40DE
Vehicle speed [km/h (MPH)]
Tire size Throttle position L
Lock-up “ON” Lock-up “OFF”
Closed throttle 61 - 67 (38 - 42) 58 - 64 (36 - 40)
235/70 R16
Half throttle 167 - 185 (104 - 116) 131 - 145 (82 - 91)
M
255/70 R16 Closed throttle 65 - 71 (41 - 44) 62 - 68 (39 - 43)
255/65 R17 Half throttle 178 - 196 (111 - 123) 139 - 154 (87 - 96)

● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. (Closed throttle position signal: OFF)
● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening.

A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor GCS0008X

Name Condition CONSULT-II “DATA MONITOR” (Approx.) Resistance (Approx.)

0°C (32°F) 3.3 V 15 kΩ
ATF TEMP SE 1 20°C (68°F) 2.7 V 6.5 kΩ
80°C (176°F) 0.9 V 0.9 kΩ
0°C (32°F) 3.3 V 10 kΩ
ATF TEMP SE 2 20°C (68°F) 2.5 V 4 kΩ
80°C (176°F) 0.7 V 0.5 kΩ

AT-349
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) GCS0008Y

Name Condition Data (Approx.)

Revolution sensor When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH). 185 Hz

Turbine Revolution Sensor GCS0008Z

Data
Name Condition
(Approx.)
Turbine revolution
When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”.
sensor 1
1.3 kHz
Turbine revolution
When running at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”.
sensor 2

Reverse Brake GCS00090

Model code number 95X09, 95X0B 97X0D, 97X0E

Number of drive plates 7 6
Number of driven plates 7 6
Clearance mm (in) Standard 0.7 - 1.1 (0.028 - 0.043)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.

Total End Play GCS00091

Total end play [mm (in)] 0.25 - 0.55 (0.0098 - 0.0217)

AT-350